Bendi AC Maintenance Manual F-528-0610

Model AC
Maintenance Manual
LANDOLL CORPORATION
1900 North Street
Marysville, Kansas 66508
(785) 562-5381
800-428-5655 ~ WWW.LANDOLL.COM
F-528-0610 06/20/2010
1 Introduction, Safety & Planned Maintenance
Before You Begin (Please Read) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Service Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Tools Needed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
General Maintenance Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
For your Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Special Notices and Safety Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Lock Out/Tag Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Battery Care and Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Battery Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Towing the Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
General Safety Tips: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Towing Vehicle Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Towing a Truck in the Reverse Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Lifting and Blocking the Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Mast Service Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Prior to Tilt Cylinder Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Mast Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Cleaning the truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Maintenance Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Inspection Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Fluid Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
General Bendi AC Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
2 Tires and Brake Assemblies

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Replacing the Drive Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Checking Steer Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Disassembling and Inspecting Wheel Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Assembling Wheel Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Brake System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Check Service Disc Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Changing Brake Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Drive Wheel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Check Planetary Gear Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Replacing the Brake Caliper Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
1-1
Repairing Brake Caliper Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Disc Brake Rotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Measuring Rotor Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Check Lateral Run-Out (Warping) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Replacing the Brake Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Parking Brake Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Parking Brake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Checking Parking Brake Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Replacing Parking Brake Lever Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Parking Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Replacing Parking Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Replacing the Parking Brake Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Parking Brake Caliper Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Changing Parking Brake Pads or Replacing Parking Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Brake Pedal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Disc Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Replacing Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Bench Bleed the Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Check Master Cylinder Fluid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Bleeding Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Service Brake Pedal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Accelerator Pedal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Floor Plate Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Adjusting Accelerator Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Exposing and Maintaining the Traction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Traction Drive Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Inspecting the Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
3 Hydraulic Components: Motors and Pumps

Steering Motor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Check Hydraulic Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Changing Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Change the Hydraulic Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Checking and Adjusting Hydraulic Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Hydraulic Steering Motor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Hydraulic Motor Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Parts Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Hydraulic Motor Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Hydraulic Pump Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Power Steering System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Check Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Filling and Air Bleeding the Power Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Hydraulic Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Replacing the Hydraulic Pump and Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Hydraulic Steer Motor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Checking Steer Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
1-2 F-528-0610 Edition

Hydraulic Control Valve Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Hydraulic Control Valve and Switches Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Spool Section Rebuild . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Hydraulic Lift Pot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Hydraulic Fittings and Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Check Hydraulic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Steering Wheel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Steering Column (Console) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Steering Orbital Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
4 Electrical System
Steering Column/Dash Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Remove the Display Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Key Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Rocker (On/Off) Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Electrical Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Batteries - Care & Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Battery Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Checking Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Battery Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Charging the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Battery Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Battery Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Electrical Static Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Electrical Controls and Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Direction Control Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Check the Return-to-Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Replacing a Complete Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Horn Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Seat Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Check Driver’s Seat Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Truck Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Brake and Tail Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Back Up Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Overhead Guard, Lighting and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Side Shift Circuit Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Check Side Shift circuit performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
ESD Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
1-3
5 Bendi AC Calibration and Programming
Controller Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
1314 Bendi AC Controller Software Program Installation and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
1314 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
1314 Update Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Communicating with Bendi AC Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Additional 1314 Controller Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Controller Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Landoll_TM_S Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Landoll_P_S Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
CURTIS CONTROLLER TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
PROGRAM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Controller Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Controller Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
PROGRAMMER MENUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
6 Truck Lubrication and Chain Maintenance

Lubricating the Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Tilt Cylinder Clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Main Rotation Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Fork Positioner Lubrication, Non-Side Shifting (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Lubricate Steer Wheel Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Chain Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Measuring Chain Stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Check Primary Lift Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Check Lift Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Checking and Adjusting Degree of Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Disconnecting the Tilt Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
7 Supplier Provided Documentation

Full Free Lift 3 - Stage Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Special Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
2.1 Truck System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
2.2 Mounting Bracket Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
2.3 Mast Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
2.4 Inspection and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
2.4-1 Chain Inspection and Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
2.4-2 Main Lift Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2.4-3 Free Lift Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2.4-4 Free lift Cylinder Supply Hose Tracking Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2.4-5 Upright Rail Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2.4-6 Cylinder Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
2.4-7 Mast Skewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
1-4 F-528-0610 Edition

2.5 Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis Installation 30D/35D/40D and 50D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Installation 30D/35D/40D and 50D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis Installation 30D/35D/40D/50D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis Installation 30D/35D/40D and 50D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Internal Reeving - Std-Vis Installation 55D/60D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Std-Vis Installation 55D/60D Single Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Internal Reeving - Std-Vis 55D/60D Double Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
3.1 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
3.1.1 Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Mast Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
5.2 Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
5.2-1 2000 PSI Main Lift Cylinder Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
5.2-2 2600 PSI Main Lift Cylinder Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
5.2-3 Free Lift Cylinder Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Figure 22 - Free Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
5.2-4 Cylinder Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Cylinders Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Cylinders Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
5.2-5 Main Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
5.2-6 Free Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
5.2-7 Free Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
5.2-8 Main Lift Cylinder Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
5.2-9 Free Lift Cylinder Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
5.2-10 Piston Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
5.2-11 Cylinder Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
5.3 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
5.3-1 Valve Cartridge Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
5.4 Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
5.4-1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
5.4-2 Carriage Removal-Mast on Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
5.4-3 Carriage Removal-Mast on Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
5.4-4 Carriage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
5.5 Mast Uprights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
5.5-1 Upright Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
5.5-2 Upright Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
5.5-3 Upright Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
5.5-4 Upright Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
5.5-5 Upright Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
5.5-6 Mast Skewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
5.6 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
5.6-1 Inspection and Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
5.6-2 Measuring Chain Stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
5.6-3 Main Lift Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
5.6-4 Free Lift Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
5.6-5 Main Lift Chain Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
5.6-6 Free Lift Chain Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
1-5
Service Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
35D/45D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Quad Mast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
1.2 Special Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
1.3 Tool Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
2.1 Truck System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
2.2 Mounting Bracket Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
2.3 Mast Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
2.4 Mast Inspection and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
3.1 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
4.1 Troubleshooting Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
5.1 Mast Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
5.2 Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
5.3 Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
5.4 Carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
5.5 Mast Uprights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
5.5-2 Upright Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
5.5-4 Upright Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
5.5-5 Upright Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
5.5-6 Mast Skewing Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
5.6 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
5.6-1 Lubrication, Adjustments and Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
5.6-2 Measuring Chain Stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
5.6-3 Outer and Inner Main Lift Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
5.6-4 Free Lift Chain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
5.6-5 Outer Main Lift Chain Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
5.6-6 Inner Main Lift Chain Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
5.6-7 Free Lift Chain Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
1-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 1
Introduction, Safety & Planned Maintenance
Before You Begin (Please Read)

Introduction
This manual is intended for the service technician who is
seeking information on product maintenance and service
replacement parts. It contains troubleshooting tips and
information on repair which will help the technician solve
problems that may occur.
Operating Instructions
This manual does not contain operating instructions.
Operating instructions are sent with each truck. If the
operators manual is missing on your Bendi AC truck, call
Landoll Corporation to order a replacement.
Service Training
Service Training is available for the forklift technician from
Landoll Corporation. This includes operation, repair,
maintenance, hydraulic system, electrical system and
wire guidance. Contact your regional Landoll service
technician for more information.
Tools Needed
Figure 1-1: Serial Number and Capacity Plate
The tools needed will be the same tools that are often
found in well-equipped service centers, in both SAE and
metric sizes. For example, an assortment of open-end
and box-end wrenches, sockets, as well as Allen and
adjustable wrenches, assorted screwdrivers and
non-marring mallets should be available.
Replacement Parts
When ordering parts that will be used for the repair an
maintenance of your Landoll AC truck, the model and
serial number of the truck being repaired will be required.
This information is located on the serial number and
capacity plate located on the front plate of the battery
box. See Figure 1-1.
06/2010 1-1
INTRODUCTION, SAFETY & PLANNED MAINTENANCE
General Maintenance Instructions 6. To avoid fire hazards, have fire protection equipment
present. Do not use an open flame to check fluid

levels, or for leakage of electrolyte and fluids or oil.
CAUTION Do not use open pans of fuel or flammable cleaning
Steel toe shoes and eye protection are required fluids for cleaning parts.
when maintaining or repairing a lift truck. Ear 7. Keep shop well ventilated, clean and dry.
protection may also be required if the repair 8. Brakes, steering mechanisms, control mechanisms,
facilities are excessively noisy, per OSHA lift overload devices, guards, and safety devices shall
standards. Keep feet and hands and all other be inspected regularly and maintained in a safe
body parts away from all mast areas and pinch operating condition.
points. Power industrial trucks may become
9. Capacity, operation and maintenance instruction
hazardous if scheduled maintenance is
plates or decals shall be maintained in legible
neglected. Therefore, adequate maintenance
condition.
facilities, trained personnel and procedures
should be provided. 10. All parts of lift mechanisms shall be inspected to
maintain them in safe operating condition.
11. All hydraulic systems shall be regularly inspected
IMPORTANT and maintained in conformance with good practice.
Cylinders, valves, and other similar parts shall be
Maintenance and inspection shall be performed in checked to assure that “drift” has not developed to an
conformance with the following practices: the extent that it would create a hazard.
1. A scheduled planned maintenance, lubrication, and 12. Batteries, motors, controllers, limit switches,
inspection system should be followed. A daily check protective devices, electrical conductors, and
before each shift is an OSHA requirement. connections shall be maintained in conformance with
2. Only qualified and authorized personnel shall be good practice. Special attention shall be paid to the
permitted to inspect, maintain and service the truck. condition of electrical insulation.
3. Before leaving the truck: 13. Trucks shall be kept in a clean condition to minimize
• Stop the truck. fire hazards and facilitate detection of loose or
defective parts.
• Completely lower the mast. Place directional controls
in neutral. 14. Modifications and additions which affect capacity and
safe truck operation shall not be performed by the
• Apply the parking brake. Turn off the power and
customer or user without manufacturers prior written
disconnect the battery.
approval. Capacity, operation and maintenance
• Block the wheels, making sure that the truck is NOT plates or decals shall not be changed accordingly.
on an incline.
15. Care must be taken to assure that all replacement
4. Before working on the truck: parts are interchangeable with the original parts and
• Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out operation on the truck. are of equal quality of parts that were originally
• Raise drive wheel free of floor or disconnect the installed on the truck at the factory.
power sources. 16. Be sure that any optional equipment added to the
• Use chocks or other positive positioning devices. truck is positioned so that it does not block the vision
of the operator or interfere with safe and efficient
• Block load engaging means, inner masts, or chassis
operation of the truck.
before working under them.
• Operation to check performance of truck or
attachments shall be conducted in an authorized safe
clearance area.
5. Before starting to operate the truck:
• Be in operating position.
• Apply brake.
• Place directional control in neutral.
• Check functions of lift systems, directional control,
speed control, steering, warning devices, brakes and
any attachments if any are used.
1-2 F-528-0610 Edition

For your Safety

Special Notices and Safety Indicators
The below notices are used throughout this manual for
your reference and protection. Attention required.
NOTICE
Special notice - read and thoroughly understand.
 CAUTION  CAUTION
Proceed with caution. Failure to heed caution Battery Safety Rules:
may cause injury to person or damage product. • Wear protective clothing, rubber apron, boots
gloves, and full-face shield when performing
any maintenance on batteries. DO NOT allow
 WARNING electrolyte to come in contact with eyes, skin,
clothing or floor.
Proceed with caution. Failure to heed warning will • If electrolyte contacts eyes, flush immediately
cause injury to person or damage product. with clean water. OBTAIN MEDICAL
ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY!! Should
electrolyte be spilled on skin, rinse promptly
 DANGER with clean water and soap. A baking soda
solution (one pound to one gallon of water)
Proceed with extreme caution. Failure to heed will neutralize acid spilled on clothing, floor
notice will cause injury or death to person and/or or other surfaces. Apply solution until
damage product. bubbling stops and rinse with clean water.
• Keep battery vent plugs firmly in place at all
times, except when adding water or taking
hydrometer readings.
NOTICE • DO NOT bring any type of flame or spark near
the battery.
Lock Out/Tag Out • DO NOT place any electrically conductive tool
on the battery that could cause a spark. Gas
In the interest of operator safety and in compliance with
formed while the battery is charging is highly
OSHA regulations, guidelines have been developed for
explosive. This gas remains in the cells long
performing service and maintenance on the truck. Before
after charging is complete.
performing service and maintenance on the truck, review
the following sections in this manual for additional • Keep the battery clean. Foreign matter in the
procedures to be followed. electrolyte will result in poor battery
performance.
• Follow the battery manufacturer’s
IMPORTANT instructions concerning maintenance and
repair.
When doing maintenance or repair on the Bendi AC
truck, unless the truck must be on for testing, remove
the key from the key switch. In addition, because it’s
possible to have a duplicate key, remove the main
power fuse and install a commercially available Lock
Out/Tag Out device on the battery connectors. Also,
install a lockout warning reminder on the steering
wheel warning that the truck is not available for use.
1-3
Battery Care and Charging Battery Removal and Installation
• Only qualified and experienced personnel • BATTERY REMOVAL: When removing the
should perform maintenance and repair on battery, move the truck to an area intended for
batteries. battery care, on a level floor. Turn the key
• Make certain the charger being used matches switch to OFF position and remove the key.
the voltage and amperage of the truck battery. Disconnect battery and lock out the truck as
This voltage is listed on the truck serial plate. described in the Lock Out/Tag Out section
See Figure 1-1. described above. Never remove the battery
partially from truck without a roller stand in
• Before connecting or disconnecting batteries
place. Lower load engagement completely. It
to the charger, make sure the charger is OFF.
is highly recommended that you not remove
Attempts made to do this while the charger is
the battery with a load on the mast, but if
ON, could result in serious injury to the
must, use a hoist attached to mast to protect
operator and damage could occur to the
against tip over. DO NOT allow any metallic
charger with sparks or electrical spikes.
object to come in contact with the top of the
• Keep sparks or open flame away the battery battery. This may cause a short circuit when
or the charging area. BATTERY FUMES ARE removing or transporting the battery. Use an
EXPLOSIVE!! insulator (such as plywood) to cover the top
• NEVER smoke or have an open flame near the of the battery during removal.
battery. Gas formed during charging is
explosive and can cause injury. Consult the
charger manufacturer’s manual covering your
charger for operation and maintenance.
• The battery must meet size, weight and
voltage requirements of the truck.  CAUTION
• BATTERY INSTALLATION: When installing the
battery, move truck to an area intended for
battery care. The load forks must be all the
way down to the floor. Turn key or toggle
switch to OFF position and put the key in a
secure place.
Good Battery Care Recommendations:

• Add approved water only - never add acid.
• Keep electrolyte levels proper.
• Keep Battery top clean and dry.
• Keep flame and metal away from battery top.
• Keep vent caps tightened.
• Cool before charging/operating battery above 115ºF.
• Use only approved correct voltage/current charger.
• Keep battery cover open while charging.
• If in doubt, call your local Landoll service technician.
1-4 F-528-0610 Edition

Hydraulic System
 WARNING
• HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS ARE DANGEROUS! Towing Vehicle Requirements
• High pressure hydraulic oil can puncture the
• Towing vehicle must have a pull and braking
skin and cause severe injury!
capacity greater than 8000 lbs.
• Relieve all pressure from the hydraulic
• Brakes on towed truck will operate, but could
system before attempting to work on it.
operate differently verses an operational truck.
• Make sure all hydraulic lines are tight before
• Maximum towing speed should not exceed 2mph.
starting the system. Leaks in the hydraulic
system can pierce the skin and cause severe • Always tow the truck in the reverse direction.
injury. Any fluid injected into the skin under
high pressure should be considered a
medical emergency despite a normal
appearance of the skin. Medical attention by a
specialist in this area should be administered Towing a Truck in the Reverse
immediately. Direction
• Key must be in the OFF position.
• When attaching towing vehicle to lift truck to be
IMPORTANT towed, a removable pin has been provided on the
When maintenance is to be performed on the rear bottom side of the counter weight, see figure
hydraulic system, make sure the system hydraulic below. Firmly attach tow device to this pin.
pressure is relieved by:
• Towing device must have a pulling capacity of
• Moving the truck to a level area. 8000 lbs.
• Have no load on the forks. • Towed vehicle’s forks should be empty and no
• Completely lower the mast, or if the mast is the higher than 12 in. off the ground.
object of repair, have blocks under the mast. • Be careful. With brakes released, vehicle will roll
• Relieve all system pressure by moving the and steering will be difficult.
hydraulic levers in each direction several times. • Keep towing speed below 2 mph. Remember that
the person on the towed lift has to turn his head
to observe operations.
Towing the Truck
General Safety Tips:
 WARNING
• Have the emergency brake applied when
hooking up the tow chain.
• Release the emergency brake only when
ready to tow the truck.
• Tow the truck using a speed of 2 mph or less.
• DO NOT make sharp turns when towing the TIEDOWN POST/
truck. The towed truck will be difficult to TOW PIN
steer. USE EXTREME CAUTION and keep the
towed vehicle at a slow, manageable speed.
• Forks must be empty and preferably not more
than 12” off the floor.
• The truck can roll easily - USE EXTREME
CARE!
1-5
Lifting and Blocking the Truck
CRANE
SUPPORT
BLOCKS
OF WOOD
WOOD
BLOCKS TO
PREVENT
TIPBACK
AND ROLL
• Move truck to a level area designated for repair.

• Keep forks empty and low to the ground.
• Remove the key and place in your pocket.
• Unhook the battery.
• Attach Lock Out/Tag Out device to the truck.
• Use a jack or hoist with a 8000 lb. minimum lift. • Remove forks before starting mast repairs.
• Set the lift on designated hardwood blocks. See • NEVER reach through the upright open areas of
Figure above for block(s) placement. the mast.
• Keep the height of the lifted truck to a minimum. • NEVER maintain or repair the mast without
supports or while anyone is near the truck.
(ASME B56.1-2000)
Mast Service Precautions • Raise mast and position blocks under the second
stage mast.
 WARNING • Using an appropriate set of C-clamps, secure
wooden blocks to mast channel.
When servicing the mast or sections of the mast,
hardwood blocks (4”X4”, 100 X 100mm minimum) • Lower mast until it sits firmly on wooden blocks.
should be used to keep individual sections of the • Disable the truck as described in the Lock
mast from falling. In addition to the wood blocks, Out/Tag Out section.
chains should be used to hold the mast sections • For mast inspection, use only an approved safety
from moving, in both the vertical and horizontal platform or step ladder.
directions.
• NEVER repair chains, they are to be replaced.
• NEVER replace chain sets with only one chain.
• Mast work to be done in a flat, designated area. All chains are to be replaced in pairs.
• NEVER walk under or stand upon forklift forks.
1-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Prior to Tilt Cylinder Repair Cleaning the truck

Landoll Corporation recommends that their fork trucks
 WARNING NOT be cleaned with a power washer. Electrical boards,
circuitry and wiring can be damaged by high pressure
Steel toed shoes and eye protection are required water and soap. Moisture and soap left on components
when doing maintenance or repair work on a lift can rust, corrode or leave a residue that can damage
truck. Do not place feet or hands in any areas everything that it comes in contact with. The preferred
through the mast or in truck pinch points. method of removing dust is compressed air. For localized
Servicing the tilt cylinders requires the use of an cleaning, use a non-flammable solvent parts washer and
overhead hoist, hoist slings and wheel blocks. compressed air after the part or area is cleaned.
The overhead hoist and slings must have a rating
of 8,000 lb. or greater. Do not work under or
around a truck that is not properly secured. The
battery must be disconnected and removed from
the truck.
Maintenance Introduction
• Truck repair must be in a level, designated area.
Preventative maintenance is an important part of all
• Turn the lift off, pull the key and put it in a secure
industrial equipment.
place.
A well planned preventative maintenance program is
• Lower the mast completely to the floor. essential to keeping the working environment safe for the
• Chock wheels so that the truck cannot move. operator and the longevity of the affected equipment.
• Attach a sling and hoist to all the top cross Regular and planned maintenance is the responsibility of
braces so the mast sections cannot move. both the daily operator and the forklift technician.
.
Mast Removal
1. Move the truck to a level, designated area.
2. Remove the key and place it in a secure place.
Inspection Sheets
3. Perform the Lock Out/Tag Out procedure. The following pages are OSHA (Occupational Safety and
Health Administration) required check sheets. These
4. Remove the battery.
sheets should be copied and the copies used for
5. Remove the forks. maintenance checks on your Bendi AC lift. The pre-shift
6. Move all levers back and forth several times to relieve inspection on your AC lift is an OSHA requirement. It is
internal hydraulic pressure. the operator’s duty to inspect the lift at each pre-shift and
7. Slowly and carefully remove the lift cylinder lines. report all problems to the person in charge of forklift
Use a container to catch oil and an oil absorbent maintenance. Have a qualified mechanic correct all noted
product to absorb any spilled oil. problems.
8. Disconnect all wiring (if used) between the mast and
the truck body. The following pages show daily, 50 hour, 200 hour, 600
9. Support the mast using the sling and the overhead hour, 1000 hour and 2000 hour suggestive maintenance
hoist. checks. These should be copied and the maintenance
10. Chain the individual sections of mast together at the should be followed by daily operator and the forklift
upper cross braces. Chain the lower mast carriage to technicians.
the lower section of the mast, keeping the sections
from moving when the mast is laid down on the floor.
11. Remove all pins holding the tilt cylinders to the mast.
12. Remove mast and CAREFULLY place the mast in a
horizontal position.
1-7
Daily pre-shift inspection is an OSHA requirement. It’s important that these inspections are documented.
Operators Daily Checklist Status Landoll / Bendi AC

SAFETY & OPERATIONAL CHECKS OK - Yes,No Maintenance Note if Applicable
Have a qualified technician correct all problems.
Load Backrest Extension-Attached
Tilt Control-Forward/Reverse Functioning smoothly
Side Shift Control Functioning smoothly
Hang-on Attachment Functioning smoothly, securely
attached, fittings attached
Steering Operation Functioning smoothly
Accelerator & Brake Pedal Functioning smoothly
Controls (Turn Power On) Investigate Unusual noises
Gauges (Hour Meter, Battery Discharge Indicator, etc)
Functioning Properly
Horn, Lights, Seat Switch Functioning Properly
Service and Parking Brake Functioning Properly
Drive Control-Forward/Reverse Functioning Smoothly
Battery-Check water/electrolyte level & charge - check
level again after charge
Battery Discharge Indicator Functioning
Battery Restraint System - Adjust or Fasten
Hood and seat latch Functioning properly
Operator’s Compartment Capacity Plate Attached - Info
matches Model, Serial No. and attachments - Operator’s
Manual in Case
Seat Belt, Buckle, and Retractors Functioning Properly
Overhead Guard Properly mounted & attached
Hydraulic Oil, Battery, Brake Fluid - Check levels & look
for leaks
Tires-Check for debris, Torque lug nuts - 225ft-lb
Finger Guards attached
Major Structural Points (Front Rotation, Mast Braces,
Overhead Guard) - Check for cracks
Hydraulic Cylinders, Pump, Valve-Check for leaks, noise
Safety Warnings Attached (See Manual for location)
Date Inspector: Truck No. Model No. Location Serial No. Shift Hr Meter Battery Fluid Hydraulic Oil
1-8 F-528-0610 Edition

To be performed after 1st 50 hours of truck operation Fluid specifications found on page 1-17.
in addition to the required pre-shift daily inspection
Operators 1st 50 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

Mast chains-Inspect, clean and lubricate
Power Steering System-Inspect and Fill
Drive wheels, Re-Torque lug nuts(225 Ft-lbs)
Gear Box-Drain, flush and refill
1-9
To be performed after 1st 200 hrs of truck operation Fluid specifications found on page 1-17.
in addition to the required pre-shift daily inspection
Operators 1st 200 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

Have a qualified technician correct all problems
Mast - Inspect all friction surfaces and check lift
chain tension
Lift and Tilt cylinder - Check to be sure they
work together and in unison
Power Steering Pump - Check Operation
Brake Pedal - Check for free play
Parking & Service Brakes - Check for effectivity
Check Contactor Points & Micro Switches
operation
Control Panel - Clean surface
Hydraulic Oil Pump - Check Operation
Switches (interlock, direction, parking/seat, key,
pressure/temperature) - Check operation
Wires, Connections, Bolts and Nuts - Check
1-10 F-528-0610 Edition

To be performed each 200 hrs of truck operation in Fluid specifications found on page 1-17.
addition to the required pre-shift daily inspection
Operators 200 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

Mast, carriage, or attachment friction surfaces - Clean,
inspect for wear or damage, and lubricate
Lift chains - Clean and lubricate
Extend mast - Check for excessive wear
Attachment control - Operational
Accelerator - Functioning smoothly
Controls (turn power on); Investigate unusual noises
immediately
Instrument monitors - Functioning
Parking and service brakes - Functioning smoothly,
check pads for excessive wear
Hydraulic fluid level - Check and fill
Exterior of hydraulic Tank and Oil Tank Breather - Clean
Hydraulic oil and power steering pump - Clean dust from
motors
Hydraulic oil and power steering pumps - Check
Hydraulic motor for rough operation
Battery - Thoroughly clean
Battery box and connectors - Neutralize and clean
Battery - Check water/electrolyte level and check again
after charging
Battery - Check structure and electrical conditions
Traction motors - Clean dust
Seat belt, buckle, and retractors - Functioning smoothly
Tires - Check for debris, torque lug nuts-225 ft. lbs.
(305 Nm)
Load wheel bearings - Clean and fill with grease
Leaks - Hydraulic oil, battery, brake fluid, transmission
Hydraulic hoses and connections - Check for wear
pressure, and temperature) - Check
Wire connections and sending units - Check
Grease fittings - Service
Tighten Overhead Guard Bolts - 170 fT. lbs. (230 Nm)
1-11
To be performed each 600 hrs of truck operation in Fluid specifications found on page 1-17.
addition to the required pre-shift daily inspection

Tires - Check for debris; drive tire lug nuts - Torque to
225 ft. lbs. (300 Nm)
Wheel bearings - Clean and fill with grease
Leaks - Hydraulic oil, battery, brake fluid, Complete gear
box
pressure, and temperature) - Check
Forks, top clip retaining pin and heel - Condition
Load rollers - No greater clearance than 1/16”
Mast chains - Lube with SAE 40W oil or Bowman Heavy
Load Red grease - Check for wear and stretch
Steering operation - Functioning smoothly; Lubricate
steering knob
Brake fluid - Check level
Hydraulic oil filter - Change element and check for
proper level - Check pressures
Battery - Check resistance between truck body and
negative/positive terminal
Battery rollers-Remove, clean, and repack (optional)
Contactor points and Micro Switches - Check operation
Control panel - Clean surface
Operator’s compartment capacity Plate Attached -
Information matches model, serial no., and attachments
Check all connections for proper torque
1-12 F-528-0610 Edition

To be performed each 1000 hrs of truck operation in Continued onto the next page for clarity.
addition to the required pre-shift daily inspection. Fluid specifications found on page 1-17.
SAFETY & OPERATIONAL CHECKS OK (X) Note Needed Maintenance
immediately
Parking and service brakes - Functioning smoothly, check
pads for excessive wear
Exterior of hydraulic tank and oil tank breather - Clean
motors
Battery - Check water/electrolyte level
Tires - Check for debris, torque lug nuts to 225 ft. lbs.
(305Nm)
Leaks - Hydraulic oil, battery, brake fluid, complete
transmission
Switches (interlock, direction, parking/seat, key, pressure,
and temperature) - Check
Load rollers - No greater than 1/16”
Steering operation - Functioning smoothly; Lube knob
Hydraulic oil filter - Change element and check for proper
level - Check pressures
Battery rollers - Remove, clean, and repack (optional).
1-13

Traction motor - Clean commutator
Operator’s compartment capacity plate attached - Check
information matches model, serial no., and attachments
Power steering system - Fill and air bleed
Motor - Check that terminal studs and mounting bolts are
clean and tight
Motor - Clean cooling holes of debris or restrictions
1-14 F-528-0610 Edition

To be performed each 2000 hrs of truck operation in Continued onto the next page for clarity.
addition to the required pre-shift daily inspection. Fluid specifications found on page 1-17.
SAFETY & OPERATIONAL CHECKS OK (X) Note Needed Maintenance
immediately
Parking and service brakes - Functioning smoothly, check
pads for excessive wear
Exterior of hydraulic tank and oil tank breather - Clean
motors
Hydraulic oil, Hydraulic lift pump and power steering
pump - Check commutator surface for roughness
Battery - Check water/electrolyte level
Tires-Check for debris, torque lug nuts to 225 ft. lbs.
(305nM)
Leaks - Hydraulic oil, battery, brake fluid, complete
transmission
Switches (interlock, direction, parking/seat, key, pressure,
and temperature) - Check
Grease fittings - Locate, Check and Service all zerks.
Load rollers - No greater than 1/16”
Steering operation - Functioning smoothly; Lube knob
Hydraulic oil filter - Change element and check for proper
level - Check pressures
Battery rollers (optional) - Remove, clean, and repack
1-15

Operator’s compartment capacity plate attached - Check
Information matches model, serial no., and attachments
Power steering system - Fill and air bleed
Motor - Check that terminal studs and mounting bolts are
clean and tight
Motor - Clean cooling holes of debris or restrictions
Gear box - Drain, flush, and refill
Hydraulic oil - Change
Hydraulic reservoir suction screens - Clean with solvent
Date Inspector: Truck No. Model No. Location Serial No. Shift Hr. Meter Battery Fluid Hydraulic Oil
1-16 F-528-0610 Edition

Lubrication Specifications
Name Lubrication Notes
Mast Chain SAE W. oil or Bowman Heavy Load Red Grease Clean and re-oil
Mast Rail Chassis Lube or Kendall Sr-12X. Lube inner side of upright rail
Rotation Bearings Texaco Ref. C&C #880 Use standard lubrication gun
Steering Knob Light weight oil Lightly oil
Battery Rollers (opt.) SAE 30W oil Drain, flush, and refill
Reservoir Cap SAE 30W oil Clean in solvent and re-oil
Hydraulic Reservoir Mobil DTE13 (ISO Grade 32) Drain, flush, and refill
Gear Case Mobilube SHC-630 (ISO Grade 220 Synthetic) Drain, flush, and refill
Master Cylinder Heavy duty brake fluid DOT 3 Check level. Add if necessary
Gear Racks Exposed Gear Lube, Mobil 375 NC Aerosol Spray
Carriage Rollers Texaco Ref. C & C #880 Use standard lubrication gun
Hubs, King Pin, and Tie Rod (Steer Axle) Texaco Ref. C & C #880 Brush or spray on lubricant
Torque Specifications
Component Torque
Wheel 225 ft. lbs. (275 Nm.)
Fluid draining and filling plug 16 ft. lbs. (22 Nm.)
Hydraulic braking unit and brake cable 37 ft. lbs. (50 Nm.)
Drive motor with vehicle frame 130 ft. lbs. (176 Nm.)
Hydrostatic Steering Control Unit
Plug and o-ring assy #8 SAE fitting 44-48 ft. lbs. (60-65 Nm.)
Steer control unit assy bolt (M8 X1.0) 18-23 ft. lbs. (24-31 Nm.)
Mounting bolts 23-25 ft. lbs. (31-34 Nm.)
Mast and Side Shift Mechanism
Chain guard capscrews 48-52 ft. lbs. (65-71 Nm.)
Main lift cyl. plunger retainer 95-125 ft. lbs. (129-169 Nm.)
Free lift cyl. plunger retainer 275-300 ft. lbs. (373-407 Nm.)
Carriage roller capscrews 70-80 ft. lbs. (95-108 Nm.)
Chain and hose sheave screws 26-30 ft. lb. (35-41 Nm.)
Lift chain adjusting nuts 50-70 ft. lbs. (68-90 Nm.)
Backrest screws 145 ft. lbs. (197 Nm.)
Side shift mounting hooks 115-125 ft. lbs. (156-170 Nm.)
Overhead Guard Bolts 170 Ft-lbs ( 230 Nm.)
Fluid Capacities
Item Capacity -Quarts (Liters)
Hydraulic Tank 11.6 gallons (44 liters)
Brake Fluid 0.21 quarts (0.20 liters)
Gear Box 16 oz.
1-17
General Torque Specifications (rev. 4/97)

This chart provides tightening torques for general purpose applications when special torques are not specified on process or
drawing. Assembly torques apply to plated nuts and capscrews assembled without supplemental lubrication (as received condition).
They do not apply if special graphite moly-di-sulfide or other extreme pressure lubricants are used. When fasteners are dry (solvent
cleaned) add 33% to as received condition torque. Bolt head identification marks indicate grade and may vary from manufacturer to
manufacturer. Thick nuts must be used on grade 8 capscrews. Use value in [ ] if using prevailing torque nuts.
TORQUE SPECIFIED IN FOOT POUNDS
UNC SAE Grade SAE Grade SAE Grade UNF SAE Grade SAE Grade SAE Grade
SIZE 2 5 8 SIZE 2 5 8
1/4-20 4 [5] 6 [7] 9 [11] 1/4-28 5 [6] 7 [9] 10 [12]
5/16-18 8 [10] 13 [13] 18 [22] 5/16-24 9 [11] 14 [17] 20 [25]
3/8-16 15 [19] 23 [29] 35 [42] 3/8-24 17 [21] 25 [31] 35 [44]
7/16-14 24 [30] 35 [43] 55 [62] 7/16-20 27 [34] 40 [50] 60 [75]
1/2-13 35 [43] 55 [62] 80 [100] 1/2-20 40 [50] 65 [81] 90 [112]
9/16-12 55 [62] 80 [100] 110 [137] 9/16-18 60 [75] 90 [112] 130 [162]
5/8-11 75 [94] 110 [137] 170 [212] 5/8-18 85 [106] 130 [162] 180 [225]
3/4/10 130 [162] 200 [250] 280 [350] 3/4-16 150 [188] 220 [275] 320 [400]
7/8-9 125 [156] 320 [400] 460 [575] 7/8-14 140 [175] 360 [450] 500 [625]
1-8 190 [237] 408 [506] 680 [850] 1-14 210 [263] 540 [675] 760 [950]
1-1/8-7 270 [337] 600 [750] 960 [1200] 1-1/8-12 300 [375] 660 [825] 1080 [1350]
1-1/4-7 380 [475] 840 [1050 1426 [1782] 1-1/4-12 420 [525] 920 [1150] 1500 [1875]
1-3/8-6 490 [612] 1010 [1375] 1780 [2225] 1-3/8-12 560 [700] 1260[1575] 2010 [2512]
1-1/2-6 650 [812] 1460 [1825] 2360 [2950] 1-1/2-12 730 [912] 1640[2050] 2660 [3325]
METRIC:
Coarse thread metric class 10.9 fasteners and class 10.0 nuts and through hardened flat washers, phosphate coated, Rockwell “C”
38-45. Use value in [ ] if using prevailing torque nuts.
Nominal Newton-Meters Foot-Pounds Newton-Meters Foot-Pounds

thread (Standard (Standard Nominal Thread (Standard (Standard
diameter (mm) Torque) Torque) Diameter (mm) Torque) Torque
6 10 [14] 7 [10] 20 385 [450] 290 [335]
7 16 [22] 12 [16] 24 670 [775] 500 [625]
8 23 [32] 17 [24] 27 980 [1105] 730 [825]
10 46 [60] 34 [47] 30 1330 [1470] 990 [1090]
12 80 [125] 60 [75] 33 1790 [1950] 1340 [1450]
14 125 [155] 90 [115] 36 2325 [2515] 1730 [1870]
16 200 [240] 150 [180] 39 3010 [3210] 2240 [2380]
18 275 [330] 205 [245]
1-18 F-528-0610 Edition

Hydraulic Fitting Torque Specifications

37 degree JIC, ORS, &ORB (REV. 10/97)
This chart provides tightening torques for general purpose applications when special torques are not specified on process or drawing.
Assembly torques apply to plated nuts and capscrews assembled without supplemental lubrication (as received condition). They do
not apply if special graphite moly-di-sulfide or other extreme pressure lubricants are used. When fasteners are dry (solvent cleaned)
add 33% to as received condition torque. Bolt head identification marks indicate grade and may vary from manufacturer to
manufacturer. Thick nuts must be used on grade 8 capscrews. Use value in [ ] if using prevailing torque nuts.
TORQUE SPECIFIED IN FOOT POUNDS

PARKER® BRAND FITTINGS
Dash Size 37 Deg. JIC O-ring (ORS) O-ring boss
-4 11-13 15-17 13-15
-5 14-16 --------------- 21-23
-6 20-22 34-36 25-29
-8 43-47 58-62 40-44
-10 55-65 100-110 58-62
-12 80-90 134-146 75-85
-16 115-125 202-218 109-121
-20 160-180 248-272 213-237
-24 185-215 303-327 238-262
-32 250-290 -------------- 310-340
AEROQUIP® BRAND FITTINGS

Dash Size 37 Deg. JIC O-ring (ORS) O-ring boss
-4 11-12 10-12 14-16
-5 15-16 --------------- 16-20
-6 18-20 18-20 24-26
-8 38-42 32-35 50-60
-10 57-62 46-50 75-80
-12 79-87 65-70 125-135
-14 -------------- -------------- 160-180
-16 108-113 92-100 200-220
-20 127-133 125-140 210-280
-24 158-167 150-165 270-360
General Bendi AC
Troubleshooting Chart
Shown on the following page is a general Bendi AC
troubleshooting chart that will allow the service
technician to diagnose areas of failure, by way of audible,
performance and pump conditions and then proceed to
the proper chapter in this Maintenance Manual for
detailed service.
1-19
Condition Cause Suggested Repair
AUDIBLE
PROBLEMS
Back up alarm does Faulty alarm module. • Continuity check alarm module-replace as
not sound. needed.
Electrical problem-frayed or • Check related wire harnesses and connectors
broken wires, faulty direction for contact problems, broken wires, etc.
• Examine cable assemblies - tight connections.
control switch or electronics.
• Wire terminal crimps should be secure and
wire stranding must not be frayed or corroded.
Unusual noise when Rubbing or binding brake pads • Attempt to isolate cause of noise.
truck is in motion. in rear wheels (possible frozen • Drive truck slowly having another operator
check for the unusual noise.
caliper).
• Step on brakes lightly to see if brakes are
binding or rubbing excessively - repair or
replace.
Faulty gear box assembly. • Replace if defective.
Singing noise. Insufficient fluid level in gearbox. • Check fluid level. Check and add lubricating oil
as needed.
Faulty motor bearing. • Repair or replace bearing or motor.
Muffled grinding Faulty wheel bearings - could be • Determine if noise is in the front or rear.
noise. insufficient fluid or high
pre-stress or excessive play on
bearings.
Damaged planetary step • Dismount gear box and examine for damage.
gearing - could be insufficient
fluid, excessive play in bearing.
Clicking noise during Loose or shifting component. • Try to isolate the area of the noise, then check
a turn. for loose parts, misalignment, load shifting,
etc.
• Check that components are in place and prop-
erly torqued.
Horn does not work. Faulty horn assembly or push • Disconnect horn wires and push button - conti-
button. nuity test horn with leads connected to battery
power.
• Check related wire harnesses and connectors
for contact problems, broken wires, etc.
• Examine cable assemblies for tight connec-
tions.
• Wire terminal crimps should be secure and
wire stranding must not be frayed or corroded.
Blown fuse. • Check fuse.
• Check for electrical shorts in wiring or compo-
nents.
Rubbing noise from Faulty wheel bearing or • Dismount suspected wheel and examine bear-
the front wheels. damaged wheel shaft. ings and shaft.
• Check for foreign material lodged inside wheel
hub - remove and repair and/or replace as
needed.
Scraping noise when Out of alignment. Faulty • Realign and shim mast rails accordingly.
the mast is operated hydraulic cylinder - lift, tilt and/or Determine which cylinder is bad-rebuild or
replace. (Seal kits are available for repair)
shift.
1-20 F-528-0610 Edition

PERFORMANCE
PROBLEMS
NO operation! Battery disconnected or • Make sure battery installed is a 48 VDC bat-
insufficient charge. tery.
• Check battery for connection.
• Check battery for full charge.
Emergency STOP (disconnect) • Check push button and if necessary, release

push button is pressed. push button.
Improper start-up sequence. • Place the direction switch in NEUTRAL before

power on.
• Remember to wait about ten (10) seconds
after power on to allow diagnostic testing.
• Check main power fuses (425 Amp).
Blown fuse. • Check for electrical short, or electrical connec-
tions.
Poor truck Battery undersized. • Refer to capacity plate for battery rating and
performance. install battery with proper ratings.
• Return truck to charging station and check
Undercharged battery.
battery characteristics.
Excessive electrolyte loss. • Adjust specific gravity at state of full charge.
Service brakes do Low fluid level in master cylinder • If low, check for leaking fittings or lines -
not stop the truck. reservoir. tighten and/or replace. Add brake fluid and
bleed brakes if needed.
• Also check wheel calipers for leaks -rebuild or
replace.
Worn brake pads. • Check brake pads for wear or defects -always
replace both sides.
Brake pedal linkage adjustment. • Check linkage for loose nuts, broken or
stressed linkage, mis-adjustment - repair and
re-adjust.
Brake pad contamination. • If the pads are saturated, they must be
replaced.
Spongy or soft Possible air in brake lines. • Bleed air from brake lines - indicated by bub-
service brake pedal. bles in fluid during fluid bleed, or when check-
ing the master fluid reservoir.
• Check brake system for loose fittings, cross
threaded fittings and brake calipers for leaks.
• Also check master cylinder reservoir fluid level
- low level can allow air into lines.
Faulty master cylinder. • Examine the brake lines, wheel calipers and
master cylinder for leaks - repair immediately,
then bleed the brakes.
• Also check master cylinder piston for worn
seals.
• Remove the master cylinder filler cap and
“slowly” press the brake pedal. A pulse of fluid
should be seen in the cylinder reservoir. If not,
replace the cylinder.
• Check brake caliper for leaks - rebuild or
Faulty brake caliper. replace.
Parking brake does Brake cable system malfunction • Check parking brake linkage for loose nuts,
not hold the truck. or out of adjustment. broken or stressed linkage, mis-adjustment -
repair and readjust. See page 2-10.
1-21
Steering Improperly sized tires. • Check hydraulic fluid level -replenish as nec-
drifts/wanders or is essary.
Low fluid or leaks in power • Check all related components for seal or fitting
erratic.
steering system. leaks - repair or replace.
• Check motion control valve cartridges for for-
eign material (these are replaceable car-
tridges and will wear out over time).
Worn or out-of-adjustment steer • Failed or weak orbital centering spring will
assembly. cause the steering to drift - replace accord-
ingly.
• Check if steer pinion gear is seated properly
on steer motor.
• Make sure the shaft woodruff key, between
steer pinion gear and steer motor is installed
correctly.
• Bad steer motor - repair or replace.
Insufficient hydraulic pressure. • Check hydraulic pressure of steering relief
valve (2,600 psi).
• Check steering motor for seal leaks, sticking or
mis-adjustment - repair or replace.
Steering potentiometer • Perform dash calibration.
misaligned.
Worn, loose wheel bearings. • Check wheel bearings - replace as needed.
Air in the hydraulic system. • Check the inlet connections to determine
where air is being drawn into the system.
• Internal leaks? Tighten loose connections.
• Check the minimum drive speed which may be
too slow to prime the pump.
• Bleed hydraulic system.
Hard steering effort in Improperly sized tires. • Inspect/correct tire size.
one or both • Vehicle overloaded. NEVER exceed capacity
of the truck.
directions.
• Check capacity nameplate for tire specs.
• Never exceed vehicle capacity. Low hydraulic
fluid.
• Check/fill hydraulic oil level, Low flow rate or
Vehicle overloaded. fluid pressure.
Low hydraulic fluid. • Restriction in fluid return line. Remove line,
No and/or low flow rate or fluid clean and/or replace line.
pressure. • Check pump and priority valve.
• Check hydraulic pressure - 2,600 psi.
Components in steering linkage
• Check for steering column, orbital, front rota-
binding or making noise. tion bearing noise.
Drive tire scrubbing. • Check steer pot settings. Adjust or replace.
Lost motion at the Steering wheel loose on column • Check and re-torque the steering wheel lock-
steering wheel. or stripped. ing nut.
Air in the hydraulic system.
• Check the inlet connections to determine
where air is being drawn into the system.
• Tighten loose connections.
• Check the minimum drive speed which may be
too slow to prime the pump.
• Bleed hydraulic system.
Truck does not turn. Hydraulic pump not activated. • Check that the hydraulic pump/motor is acti-
vated when the operator is on the seat and the
direction is selected.
1-22 F-528-0610 Edition

Truck moves slowly. Battery may be too low. • Check battery charge state and recharge bat-
tery, if necessary. A discharged battery
reduces effective voltage across the traction
motors and control circuits. Slow travel speeds
and erratic contactor operation may result.
Traction motor encoder error. • Verify encoder is operational.
Faulty accelerator switch • Replace accelerator switch module.
module. • If overheating is suspected, turn OFF the
truck, and allow time for the system to cool.
While the truck is cooling, check the following:
Overheated motor or motor • Check motor compartment cooling fan to
ensure they are operating and clean.
controller (thermal cutback).
• Look at dash display to check for errors.
Truck has gone into LOS Mode Record fault code to determine problem -
“Loss Of Sensor” also known as Refer to page 5-40, Program Troubleshooting
“Limp Home Mode” Chart definitions.
Truck does not move. Battery charge state may be too • Check battery charge state and recharge bat-
low. tery if necessary.
• Check dash display for fault condition. Refer to
System fault is present.
controller troubleshooting if fault is present.
Faulty direction control lever. See page 5-40.
• Check that the direction control forward-neu-
Faulty accelerator switch tral-reverse control is functioning properly.
assembly. • Repair accelerator switch.
Open armature on traction
motor. • Repair or replace.
Creep speed or Control panel system is • Re-adjust the control panel.
acceleration mis-adjusted.
sluggish.
Mast does not lift Attempting to lift a load in excess • NEVER attempt to lift a load heavier than the
load. of the truck’s capacity. specified rating of the truck.
• Replace lift pot.
Faulty lift pot.
Battery charge state may be too • Check battery charge state and recharge bat-
low. tery if necessary.
Low hydraulic oil. • Low levels can cause the cylinder to “cavitate”
and not permit full lift of the mast. Add hydrau-
lic oil.
Faulty hydraulic control valve. • Bent or damage plunger, worn internal seals -
repair or replace as needed.
Insufficient system pressure. • Check hydraulic pressure of system relief
valves.Try re-adjusting the pressure relief
valves. Maximum system pressure must not
exceed 2,800 psi. See page 3-7.
• Check valves for seal leaks, sticking or misad-
justment.
• Repair or replace and/or readjust accordingly.
• If problem persists, replace the relief valve car-
tridge.
• Check settings.
Faulty pump. Note: If the pump • Replace the pump.
were faulty, other mast functions • Determine which cylinder is leaking or binding
would also be affected. - rebuild or replace. Seal kits are available.
Blown fuse. • Check lift pump control fuse.
• Check mast for damage and signs of misad-
Mechanical mast damage.
justment.
1-23
Mast lifts slowly - loss Attempting to lift a load in excess • NEVER attempt to lift a load heavier than the
of lift speed. of the truck’s capacity. specified rating of the truck.
Faulty lift pot. • Adjust or replace.
Battery charge state may be too • Check battery charge state and recharge if
low. necessary.
Controller output incorrect. • Check settings.
Insufficient pump or relief valve • Check settings.
pressure setting.
Mechanical damage of the mast. • Repair or replace.
Hydraulic cylinders leaking. • Repair or replace.
Mast drifts Excessive load - attempting to lift • Never exceed truck lift ratings.
downward. loads beyond the capacity of the
truck.
Lift hydraulic cylinders leaking or
binding.
Faulty lift control valve.
• Oil may be bypassing between the spool and
body - repair or replace directional control
valve.
• The spool is not centering properly or is bro-
ken - repair or replace directional control
valve.
• Check Chapter 7, page 7-1, for vendor service
information, where applicable. See
Mast does not tilt. Inoperative tilt directional control • Repair or replace.
valve.
• Continuity test switch. Replace if defective.
Faulty switch.
• Check settings.
Insufficient pump or relief valve • Adjust pressure.
pressure.
• Follow recommended maintenance schedule.
• Check Chapter 7, page 7-1 for vendor service
Restricted or leaking supply information, where applicable.
hoses. •
Hydraulic cylinder leaking or • Locate restriction or replace hose. Tighten fit-
tings to seal any leaks.
binding.
• Shift cylinder is leaking or binding-rebuild or
Controller output incorrect. replace. Seal kits are available for most cylin-
ders.
• Check settings via the 1314 software program
in Chapter 5 Calibration and Programming,
page 5-3.
1-24 F-528-0610 Edition

PUMP
PROBLEMS
No hydraulic Pump driven in the wrong • Change the drive direction immediately to pre-
pressure. direction of rotation after vent seizure.
• Correct the pump cartridge ring position for
servicing.
each direction of rotation.
• Check the Appendix for vendor service infor-
mation, where applicable.
• Disassemble the pump and check the shaft
and cartridge for damage.
Coupling or shaft sheared or • Check all strainers and filters for dirt and
disengaged. sludge - clean or replace.
Oil intake line is restricted. • Completely drain the system.
Fluid viscosity too heavy to pick • Add new filtered oil of the proper viscosity.
up prime.
Leaking fluid. Cracked or cut hoses, where • Replace. NEVER attempt to patch a hose.
applicable. • Tighten and/or replace.
Loose or faulty hose clamps,
• Tighten and/or replace. Be careful not to strip
where applicable. the threads, rendering the fitting defective.
Loose or faulty hydraulic
fittings.
Oil seals deteriorated.
• Disassemble the unit and replace the oil seals.
Pump making Pump intake partially blocked. • Service the hydraulic tank intake strainer.
noise. • Check the fluid condition and, if necessary
drain and flush the Hydraulic system. Refill
with clean oil.
Air leaks at the intake or shaft • Check intake lines (hoses and fittings) and
seal. (Oil in reservoir would seals for leaks. Repair all leaks.
possibly be foamy.)
Damaged pump/motor • Repair and/or replace.
mounting.
Significant loss of Lack of sufficient oil supply. • Check for faulty relief valve and adjust or
replace as required.
speed under load. • Check for and repair worn pump.
High internal motor leakage. • Check for correct oil
Excessive heat source. • Locate excessive heat source, usually a
Severely worn or damaged restriction in the system, correct the condition.
internal splines. • Disassemble unit and replace worn rotor set,
drive link and replace pump.
1-25
Table provided for your general use with this manual

NOTES:
1-26 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 2
Tires and Brake Assemblies
Tire Inspection Visual Inspection

1. Inspect the tires for chunking (or chipping),
 WARNING embedded foreign material (wire, rocks, glass, metal,
etc.), cuts, gouges, undercutting or uneven wear.
The truck is equipped with tires of a size and Remove any object that will cause damage.
hardness that provide the necessary traction and 2. Check for loose or missing hardware.
still maintain a proper shape to minimize tipping.
3. Remove any wire strapping or other material that is
To maintain stability and maximum reliability, you
wrapped around the inside of wheel.
must always replace tires with the type originally
supplied and torqued to specification as listed on 4. Make sure drive wheel nuts are tight. Tighten the
the specification sheet on page 1-17. wheel nuts in a cross pattern to a correct torque
value (225 ft. lbs (305 Nm)).
Chunked tires or Embedded Objects

IMPORTANT IMPORTANT
It is recommended to replace worn tires in pairs. • Chunking, or chipping is caused by repeatedly
Treaded drive tires must be replaced when the tread running over objects on a littered floor which can
depth is less than 0.0625” (1.6mm) at the deepest chip away or produce deep cuts to the rubber
point. surface of the tire. Embedded objects, such as
Careful driving habits add additional miles to tire life. glass, metal chips, or nails left in a tire, and truck
overloading cause the same effect.
NOTE • Sharp, rapid turns at quick speeds, jack-rabbit
• Check all wheel nuts after 2 to 5 hours of operation starts and stops and other such bad driving
when new lift trucks begin operation and on all lift habits can cause the same kind of damage.
trucks when the drive wheels have been removed 1. Remove any embedded foreign material from the tire
and installed. as soon as it is noticed. Also remove torn pieces of
• Tighten the nuts in a cross pattern to the correct tread.
torque value shown in the Routine Maintenance 2. To avoid overloading, always center the payload on
Schedule located in Appendix A of the Bendi AC the truck to equalize the load on all tires. Do not
Operator's Manual (F-522-___). dangle the load on the ends of the forks. Also avoid
• When the nuts stay tight for eight hours, the interval fast cornering, which can cause an overload affect.
for checking the torque can be extended to 200 3. If the tires are chunked bad enough to produce a
hours. bouncy ride, replace them.
06/2010 2-1
TIRES AND BRAKE ASSEMBLIES
Undercutting and Uneven Wear Extending Tire Life

A few simple measures can help increase tire life and
IMPORTANT reduce maintenance (downtime) and cost of operation.
• Undercutting is caused by continuous overloads, 1. Inspect tires regularly and remove embedded objects
rapid, sharp turns, operating on slopes, a faulty immediately.
steer axle, transporting loads with a high center 2. Check that the tires remain centered on the wheels.
of gravity, or transporting off-center loads.
3. Lubricate the truck according to the schedule
• Uneven tire wear is usually the result of provided in Chapter 6; however, avoid over
mechanical defects, such as badly adjusted lubrication.
brakes, misaligned wheels (misaligned steer
axle), or a faulty drive axle. 4. Keep runways clean and maintain floors in good
repair, free from breaks, ruts, cracks and debris.
1. Undercutting causes the rubber to bulge out over the
edge of the steel band, cutting the rubber just above 5. Avoid excessive heat, overloading and standing
the base band. loads.
2. Check that the tires remain centered on the wheels to 6. Regularly check axle alignment and steering.
prevent splitting of the base band and tread 7. Avoid sharp turns and quick starts and stops.
separation. 8. Avoid oil, grease, gasoline and acid. Wipe these
3. Correct such defects as soon as possible. compounds off as soon as possible.
9. Do not allow hydraulic oil to drip onto the tires.
Flat-spotting Replacing the Drive Tires

IMPORTANT
Flat-spotting occurs when:  WARNING
• The truck has been sitting idle for some time after Make sure that replacement drive tires are of the
heavy use and is usually caused by the tires same size and composition as what was
overheating. originally supplied by Landoll Corporation. Tire
• The truck has standing loads (loads left on the composition can affect braking, capacity, turning
forks overnight). and operator safety. These tires are in
interference type, meaning the tires are pressed
• Locking the brakes while traveling in either on and pressed off. Both drive tires must be
direction on grades (slopes), with or without a replaced at the same time to maintain uniform
load, causing excessive skidding. Polyurethane size, performance and stability.
tires are extremely susceptible to this type of
abuse.

1. Avoid excessive heat. Where possible, avoid contact
with hot metal or operation for long periods in hot CAUTION
oven rooms. Excessive heating will break-down the Replacing pressed-on tires should be done only
tire structure. Shields which prevent heat from by technicians who have been specifically trained
striking tires directly will often prolong life. for this procedure and have the specific tools to
2. Avoid standing loads. Solid tires will flat-spot when perform this job.
loads are left standing on the truck overnight. In
extreme cases, a flat spot develops and the tire
bounces with every revolution. 1. Park the truck at a level, designated work area.
Lower the forks and chock the wheels.
3. If the tires are flat-spotted bad enough to produce a
bouncy ride, replace them. 2. Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out procedure as explained
on page 1-3.
4. Do not indulge in stunt driving or horseplay where
excessive hard braking is needed, especially on 3. Lift the truck so that the tires are just off the floor.
grades (slopes). 4. Remove the lug nuts and the drive tire assembly from
the drive train.
5. Press existing tire off the hub.
6. Verify that the replacement tire has the same specs
as what Landoll specifies.
2-2 F-528-0610 Edition

7. Press replacement tire onto hub. Make sure the Assembling Wheel Bearings
outside of the tire is flush with the hub.
1. If bearing cups are replaced, clean hub and press
8. Install tire/hub assembly onto the truck and finger
new bearing cups into hub. See Figure 2-1.
tighten the lug nuts.
2. Pack wheel bearings with grease.
Torque lug nuts to 225 ft. lbs. (300 Nm.)
3. Place outside face of wheel down on bench. Insert
inner bearing and carefully drive seal in until flush
with hub.
Checking Steer Wheels 4. Carefully slide hub, bearing, and seal assembly onto
1. First, review Before You Begin beginning on page spindle.
1-1.
2. With the truck raised and supported, spin each wheel IMPORTANT
and check for noise, rolling resistance and free play. Be careful! Avoid damaging grease seal. A damaged
3. Rock the wheel in and out on the spindle. If there is seal must be replaced.
any noticeable movement, the bearings should be 5. Insert outer bearing cone and washer. Tighten hex
checked and then repacked with grease and/or slot nut against spindle washer.
replaced. 6. Adjust bearing preload by slowly rotating hub while
tightening hex slot nut until resistance is felt.
NOTE (Approximately 75 ft./lbs) Back nut off 1/16 of a turn
• The truck is equipped with tires of a size and or until a notch aligns with the spindle cross-hole.
hardness that provide the necessary traction and still 7. Readjust if the wheel does not rotate smoothly.
maintain a proper shape to minimize tipping. To 8. Secure nut in place with a new cotter pin.
maintain stability and maximum reliability, you must
always replace tires with the type originally supplied. 9. Ensure that the cavity between the two wheel
bearings is filled with grease by injecting grease into
• It is also recommended to replace worn tires in pairs. the grease fitting at the top of the steering yoke until
Treaded drive tires must be replaced when the tread grease flows through outer bearing.
depth is less than 0.0625” (1.6mm) at the deepest
point. 10. Apply a thin layer of grease to the hub cap o-ring and
press hub cap into hub.
11. Reinstall wheel and tire assembly.
Disassembling and Inspecting Wheel
Bearings SEAL
1. First, review Before You Begin on page 1-1. INNER BEARING
2. See Figure 2-1. Throughout these instructions. O-RING
HEX SLOT NUT
3. Lift axle and support so that wheels are free to rotate. SPINDLE WASHER
4. Measure the tire diameter. If the diameter of the tire OUTER BEARING
is less than 13”, Landoll recommends that the tire be
replaced.
5. Remove hub cap, 5/32” x 1-1/2” cotter pin, 1-14” hex
slot nut, spindle washer, and outer bearing cone.
6. Slide hub/wheel assembly from spindle. Remove COTTER PIN
inner bearing cone and seal from hub.
7. Clean bearing cones and seal. Clean bearing cups TIRE/WHEEL ASSY
inside hub.
HUB CAP
8. Examine for wear or damage. Replace bearing if
rollers are pitted, rusted, or cracked. Figure 2-1
9. Replace bearing cups if cups are cracked or pitted.
10. Replace seal if worn or damaged.
NOTE
Pre-pack the bearings with grease before replacing.
Bearing cups and cones as should be replaced as a set.
2-3
Brake System Check Service Disc Brakes

• The service brakes are hydraulically-actuated,
IMPORTANT disc brakes, similar to an automotive disc brake
Safety must always be paramount when working on system. The brake calipers are installed to the
brake system components. Parts that are not in gear box / motor assembly, on the two rear drive
perfect working condition should not be used. It is wheels only.
recommended to only use genuine Landoll parts. • The brakes should be checked every 100 hours of
Whenever servicing a brake component, it is operation. Normal brake pad life should reach
recommended to service both sides of the truck to approximately 3,000 hours of operation, but that
ensure that both sides have equal braking and to figure can vary widely as determined by the
prevent premature wear and uneven braking action. operator and driving conditions. If you are near
If you are unsure about a procedure, seek or beyond this time frame, you must inspect the
professional help. Wear eye protection. If brake fluid brakes.
comes in contact with eyes, immediately rinse with • New brake pads are approximately 0.265” (6.7
water and seek medical attention. Use only DOT #3 mm) thick. Replace them when the pad thickness
brake fluid. Brake fluid will damage paint. Cover all is 0.0625” (1.588 mm) or less.
body parts and be careful not to spill brake fluid
during brake maintenance.
NOTE
IMPORTANT
• A few indications of possible brake pad replacement
Brake pads must be replaced on both wheels at the are:
same time. NEVER replace the pads on only one
wheel. Do not use petroleum based solvents to clean • Excess travel of the service brake pedal.
brake parts. Use only brake cleaner or denatured • The truck pulling to one side when the brakes are
alcohol. Do not used compressed air to blow applied.
particles from the brake assembly. Make sure you • Squealing is heard when you apply the brakes.
strictly adhere to all clearances and torque • Drive the truck at creep speed and apply brakes
specifications. When you are finished working on the lightly, to determine if brakes pads are contacting the
brakes, test them carefully under controlled areas disk (rotor). You should feel a slight pulsating effect
before releasing truck for operation. If the contact as the pads contact the disk.
surfaces of the rotor show cracks, score marks, deep
grooves, a raised lip on the outer edge, or signs of • If any of the above occurs during brake inspection,
overheating or warping, the rotor must be replaced. If see “Brake System,” beginning on this page.
a problem is suspected, do not release or drive the • The service brake pedal must also have about 1/2”
truck until the problem is corrected. (12.7 mm) of the travel remaining when the brakes
are fully applied. If less than 1/2” (12.7 mm) is
available, check the pads for wear and replace as
Brake System Overview needed.
NOTE
Braking of the Bendi AC truck is accomplished by using
the drive motors for restraining the truck, or by putting
pressure on the brake pedal. When the accelerator is
released, the moving motion of the truck is restrained by
the drive motors, this occurs in both the forward and
reverse direction. Stopping the truck can also be done by
the normal pressing of the brake pedal.
To Check the Brakes

The brakes are located in the rear end attached to the
drive motors.
2-4 F-528-0610 Edition

1. First, review Before You Begin on page 1-1. 8. Check the rotor for scoring, caused by excessively
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from worn brake pads.
the key switch. 9. Check the pad thickness using a 6” scale or
3. Place blocks in front of and behind all other wheels micrometer (if the pads are removed). New brake
not being serviced. pads are approximately 0.265” (6.7 mm) thick. If the
pads are 0.0625” (1.588 mm) or less at the thinnest
4. Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out procedure and
point they must be replaced.
disconnect the battery.
10. If replacement is needed, always replace pads on
both sides of the truck. Also see “Changing Brake
6. Remove the battery tray to expose the brake Pads”, below, on this page.
assembly. See Figure 2-2.
11. Check brake lines for leaks, Repair leaks
7. Remove the 3/8”-24 X 1-1/2” hex headed cap screws immediately.
securing the brake caliper assemble to the mounting
plate. Capture the spacers (if used) and keep any
shims separate for each side.
Brake Rotor
Brake Caliper
Emergency Brake Assembly

Figure 2-2 8. If preferred, although not necessary, disconnect the
brake lines, using a flare-nut wrench. Plug or cap the
Changing Brake Pads ends to avoid fluid loss and contamination.
9. Be prepared to clean any brake fluid spills. DO NOT
1. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from spill brake fluid on caliper housing.
the key switch.
10. Remove the two outer hex head screws and
2. Initiate a Lock Out/Tag Out procedure. hardware to allow pads to be removed from caliper
3. Apply the parking brake and disconnect the battery. assembly.
4. Make sure all the other wheels are securely block so 11. Remove both old disk brake pads.
that the truck cannot move.
12. Push the piston into the caliper bore to provide
5. Remove the battery. clearance between the new brake pads and the rotor
6. Remove the battery tray. during assembly.
7. Remove the 3/8”-24 X 1-1/2” hex headed cap screws
securing the brake caliper assemble to the mounting
plate. Capture the spacers (if used) with and keep
any shims separate for each side.
2-5
13. Check the contact surfaces of the brake rotor for 19. Top off the master cylinder with new brake fluid.
cracks, score marks, deep grooves, a raised lip on Pump the brakes several times to seat the new brake
the outer edge, signs of overheating or rotor run-out. pads.
If any of these are preset, the rotor must be replaced. 20. Reassemble and check the truck. Connect the
Also look for the presence of surface glazing, grease battery and check for proper brake operation as
or brake fluid on the brake pad contact surfaces. follows:
Grease and brake fluid can be removed using
• Accelerate the forklift to full speed.
denatured alcohol or brake cleaner. However, if the
shoes become contaminated, they must be replaced. • Apply the brakes to quickly STOP the wheels.
14. Check the brake lines for cracking, splits or any • Release the brake pedal after the wheels stop, then
apparent weakness. Replace as needed. accelerate again to full speed.
15. Check both brake caliper pistons for signs of fluid • Release the accelerator pedal to allow the truck to
leakage, indicating a seal which must be replaced. coast to a stop.
16. Tighten the new brake pads and reassemble the • Both wheels should have equal amounts of
caliper (two outer hex head screws and hardware). resistance.
17. Install the brake caliper assembly to it’s brake caliper • Repeat this procedure two times in forward and
mount. Ensure correct number of shims are installed reverse directions. If the forklift does not perform as
between the caliper and the mount. Pads should stated above, reinspect the brake calipers for wear.
have the same clearance from the disk prior to • Make a few normal stops in forward and reverse to
actuation of brakes. allow the brakes to further seat themselves. Do NOT
18. Bleed the brakes if any brake lines have been lock the brakes which could cause tire flat spots.
disconnected, making sure to add new fluid.
2-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Drive Wheel Assembly

 DANGER
Check Planetary Gear Box Getting under a truck when it is lifted or jacked is
dangerous and could cause serious injury or
NOTE death. NEVER go under a truck that is supported
only by a jack.
The planetary drive gear box (right and left side)
assemblies (2) are filled with oil at the factory. An oil
change is necessary after the first 50 hours maximum of 8. To drain, turn the gear box so that one of the drain
operation in order to remove particles worn down during plugs is at the lowest point. If rotating the gear box
the running-in phase. Thereafter, an oil change is only proves difficult, brace a 2” x 4” (5cm x 10cm)
required once every 2000 hours or yearly, whichever between the wheel studs and rotate. See Figure 2-2.
comes first. Also, if the truck has been in storage for one 9. Place a drain pan capable of storing up to 32 ounces
year or more, the oil should be changed before placing (1.0 liter) of fluid under the drain plug.
the truck into operation. 10. Using a 4 mm Allen key, unscrew the drain/level
(position A) and fill (position B) plugs.
 WARNING 11. Drain the fluid completely into the drain pan.
Perform service only in a well-ventilated area. Do
not breathe vapors. Wear protective goggles,  CAUTION
aprons and gloves. Avoid contact with skin, eyes
and clothes. Keep away from heat and flame. If truck has just been in operation for a period of
Failure to observe these precautions may result time the oil could be very hot. Use special gloves
in death or injury. If you become dizzy, get fresh and/or allow the truck to cool before changing the
air and medical help immediately. If solvent oil. It is best to drain fluid while the unit is warm,
contacts your eyes, immediately treat in but not HOT! Never drain oil into sewer lines.
accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations on the container. 12. Once the fluid has been drained, replace the
Do not mix different types of lubricants. Always drain/level plug in position A.
read the label affixed to the fluid container for all 13. Wash the interior of the gear box with a suitable
safety information before use cleaning liquid as recommended by the lubricant
manufacturer.
1. Position the truck on a flat surface, set the parking • Put liquid into the gear box through the fill plug and
brake and block the wheels to prevent movement. replace the fill plug.
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from • Run the gear box for a few minutes at a high speed.
the key switch. • Drain the cleaning liquid from the gear box in the
3. Perform Lock Out/Tag Out & disconnect the battery. same way as described for draining the oil.
4. Raise the vehicle. Use jack stands, or other suitable • Clean any contaminants from the magnetic trap and
supporting device, to support vehicle. O-ring seal on the plugs.
5. Raise the drive wheel to allow the tire to rotate. 14. To fill the gear box, turn until the drain/level hole in
position A is about 15º below the horizontal center
6. Remove wheel from unit being serviced.
line of the gear box.
7. Thoroughly clean the area around the fill and
15. Fill the gear box with synthetic gear lube through
drain/level plugs.
position B until fluid flows out from position A. Fluid
capacity is approximately 1 pint(16 oz).
IMPORTANT
• DO NOT OVERFILL.
Always place an appropriate support stand under the
truck if it is being lifted. Lower the truck to the stand, 16. Install both plugs. Tighten to 25 ft. lbs. (34 Nm).
having both the lifting device and stand supporting 17. Wipe off any oil spillage on outside of the gear box.
the weight of the truck. 18. Turn the gear box a few times to eliminate any air
pockets and recheck fluid level. The oil level should
be checked again after a short driving period. If
necessary, re-fill the oil.
2-7
4mm HEX SOCKET

FILL PLUG 5mm HEX
SOCKET BOLT
B
5mm HEX B
SOCKET
BOLT
4mm HEX
5mm HEX SOCKET
SOCKET BOLT FILL o
PLUG 15
5mm HEX
A 4mm HEX SOCKET BOLT
SOCKET A
DRAIN/LEVEL 4mm HEX SOCKET
PLUG DRAIN/LEVEL PLUG
DRAINING THE PLANETARY GEARBOX FILLING THE PLANETARY BOX

Figure 2-3: Draining Gearbox
1. Repeat steps 1 through 8 of the section “Changing
Brake Pads” on page 2-5.
Replacing the Brake Caliper
2. Remove the brake caliper assembly from the truck.
Assembly 3. Restrain the piston in the caliper to stop the piston,
then lightly apply compressed air to the inlet port.
IMPORTANT
Whenever servicing or replacing a caliper assembly, IMPORTANT
it is recommended to service both sides of the truck Do NOT apply too much air pressure to the bore, or
to prevent premature wear and uneven braking the piston will eject and cause damage to the piston
action. Whenever a brake caliper is disconnected, it or the technician. Stand back from the piston while
is recommended that the entire brake system be air is being applied.
purged of old brake fluid.
4. Once the piston releases, remove the O-ring seals
1. Repeat steps 1 through 8 of section “Changing Brake and discard. Be careful not to scratch metal surfaces.
Pads” on page 2-5. Do not use metal tools when removing the seal.
2. Remove brake caliper assembly. 5. Remove both bleeder screws.
3. Install the new caliper assembly in reverse order 6. Inspect the piston and the caliper housing bore for
making sure the brake pads are properly installed. corrosion, worn plating, scoring, nicks, etc. Crocus
4. Bleed the brakes. cloth may be used to polish out light corrosion only. If
5. It is recommended when replacing a brake caliper extensive corrosion exists the entire brake caliper
assembly, you should purge the entire brake system assembly must be replaced.
of used, possibly contaminated fluid. 7. Thoroughly wipe out the bore area and clean all
parts, lubricate the pistons, caliper and O-ring seals
with fresh, DOT #3 brake fluid.
Repairing Brake Caliper Pistons 8. Install the O-ring seal to the pistons and slide the
pistons into the housing bore. Make sure the O-ring
IMPORTANT seals do not twist as the piston is inserted.
If the brake caliper piston freezes up or shows signs 9. Bottom out the piston into the bore, install new brake
of leakage, it must be repaired or replaced. pads. Reinstall caliper assembly onto caliper bracket.
Whenever servicing or replacing a caliper assembly 10. Bleed the brakes.
or internal parts, you must service both sides of the
11. Repeat steps 19 through 20 of the section “Changing
truck to prevent premature wear and uneven braking
Brake Pads” on page 2-5.
action.
2-8 F-528-0610 Edition

Disc Brake Rotors

IMPORTANT
• Whenever servicing and/or replacing a rotor
assembly, you must service both sides of the
truck to prevent premature wear and uneven
braking action.
• Repeat steps 1 through 6 of preceding section
“Changing Brake Pads”, beginning on page 2-5.
• Check the rotors for scoring, cracks, deep
grooves, raised lip on the outer edge, signs of
overheating, rotor run-out or other damage.
Rotor run-out should be measured while the rotor
is installed.
• Rotor thickness measurements may be checked
with the rotor installed or removed from the
truck. Use a dial gauge to check run-out. Use a
calibrated micrometer, calibrated in
ten-thousandths of an inch, to check thickness.
Measuring Rotor Thickness

IMPORTANT
• Measure thickness, using a micrometer, at four or
more points on the rotor and make sure all
measurements are taken at the same distance in
from the outer edge of the rotor.
• Thickness variations of more then 0.0005” (0.013
mm) can cause pedal pulsation and/or vibration
when applying the brakes. A rotor that does not
meet these specifications must be replaced.
Check Lateral Run-Out (Warping)

1. Raise, jack up, and block both sides of the truck to
allow the drive wheel to rotate freely (See "Lifting the
Truck," page 1-6.
2. Secure the dial indicator to the drive wheel electric
motor casing so the indicator button contacts the
rotor at about 0.50” (13 mm) from the outer edge of
the rotor. Set the dial indicator to zero.
3. SLOWLY turn the rotor (wheel/tire) by hand one or
two complete revolutions and observe the total
indicated run-out.
4. If the run-out exceeds 0.0031” (0.08mm), replace the
rotor. Do not resurface the rotor - see “Replacing
Brake Rotor Assemblies,” page 2-10.
2-9
Replacing the Brake Rotor Parking Brake Assembly

Assembly • The parking brake assembly includes:
1. Repeat Steps 1 through 8 of “Changing Brake Pads”, • Parking Brake Lever
section on page 2-5. • Parking Brake Switch
2. Remove brake caliper assembly. • Parking Brake Cable
• Parking Brake Caliper Assembly
IMPORTANT
To remove the rotor, you will need a pry bar and a Parking Brake Lever
rubber mallet (dead-blow hammer). DO NOT USE an
unprotected hammer. You will damage the rotor
rendering it unserviceable. NOTE
3. Loosen the flanged hex nut (3/4-16, Grade 8) and The amount of travel of the parking brake lever should
hardware from the motor shaft. DO NOT remove the allow the lever to move from the released position to the
nut from the assembly at this time. brake position, having the brake fully applied before
handle travel is at its maximum.
4. Loosen the bolts mounting holding the motor to the

frame enough to move the motor out to allow a gear
puller on the brake rotor.Pry bars can cause damage. CAUTION
5. Using the rubber mallet (dead-blow hammer), hit the Adjusting the parking brake lever too tight will
rotor on the opposite side, driving it towards the overheat brake rotors causing premature wear; or
loosened nut. overheat the drive motors, causing premature
6. Repeatedly hit the rotor evenly in a circular motion failure.
until it becomes free, then remove the nut.
7. Depending on the model and the amount of Checking Parking Brake Adjustment
clearance available, you may have to remove one of
the drive motors to remove the rotor from the 1. Set the key switch to OFF, then remove the key from
armature. the key switch and disconnect the battery.
2. Block all wheels.
IMPORTANT 3. Raise the right side of the truck until the front drive
The removal of the drive motor can be done as a tire clears the floor by no more than 1” (25.4 mm).
completed assembly. It needs to be slid out just 4. While sitting on the seat, pull on the parking brake
enough for the rotor to clear. lever as far as possible using moderate force. The
8. Slide the rotor assembly from the keyed drive shaft lever should apply pressure on the right rotor before
and discard. Do not lose the woodruff key. the handle moves to the rear most position. The right
rear wheel should not turn when attempting to turn by
IMPORTANT hand.

When handling the new rotor, protect the finish
surfaces from damage, such as nicks, deep CAUTION
scratches, dents from dropping, corrosion, oil or
Make sure you are wearing work gloves. Before
grease contamination, etc. Damage to the braking
reaching into turn the wheel and make sure the
surfaces renders the rotor or pads defective.
truck has sat idle long enough to cool. Various
9. Install the new rotor to the keyed drive shaft. Install, parts can get extremely hot during operation.
tighten and torque the flange hex nut at 150 Ft-lbs.
NOTE
Note: Make sure there is no grease on the shaft/nut area 5. Release the parking brake by pushing the button as
before installing and torquing the nut. the lever is pulled toward you. Then allow handle to
move toward the front of the truck.
10. Reassemble in reverse order.
6. Brake adjustments are done at the rotor. No
11. Repeat Steps 11 through 20 of preceding section adjustments are necessary at the lever.
“Changing Brake Pads,” on page 2-5.
2-10 F-528-0610 Edition

IMPORTANT NOTE
DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN. You will separate the cable The meter should show less than 1 ohm.
from the clevis ends. 7. Slowly pull back on the brake lever, the meter reading
must be “OPEN”, indicating the switch is released
7. Apply and release the parking brake five or six times before the lever reaches its full locking position.
to stretch (seat) the cable, then double check your
adjustment. IMPORTANT
8. If this fails to properly adjust the park brake, see If the meter does not read “OPEN”, the switch needs
“Adjusting Parking Brake Caliper”, page 2-10. to be replaced (See “Replacing Parking Brake
Switch” on this page).
Replacing Parking Brake Lever 8. Disconnect the ohm meter.
Assembly
1. First, review “General Maintenance Instructions,” on
page 1-2.
Replacing Parking Brake Switch
2. Set the key switch to OFF, then remove the key from 1. First, review “General Maintenance Instructions,” on
the key switch. page 1-2.
3. Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out and disconnect the 2. Set key to OFF and place key in your pocket.
battery. 3. Apply the parking brake. Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out
4. Make sure all the other wheels are securely blocked procedure and disconnect the battery.
so that the truck cannot move. 4. Make sure wheels are blocked so that the truck
5. Remove floor plates. cannot move.
6. Remove lower dash cover weldment. 5. Remove the hydraulic control valve cover.
6. Disconnect the switch at the Deutsch connector and
NOTE release the jam nut on the park brake handle.
The parking brake lever assembly is located to the left of 7. Remove the jumper harness, if used, from the switch
the hydraulic control valves & to the right of the operator. and install to the new switch.
7. Disconnect the clevis end brake cable. 8. Install the new switch in reverse order.
8. Replace with new parking brake lever assembly. 9. Connect the switch at the connector.
9. Remove brake linkage and brake switch cam from
old lever assembly and install on the new lever. NOTE
10. Reassemble in reverse order. A pin within the handle activates the switch and has no
adjustment. It is always activated in the resting position.
11. Adjust park brake. Refer to page 2-12.
To check the operation of this switch:
1. Start the truck and release the parking brake.
Parking Brake Switch
2. Set the control lever to FORWARD and very slowly
The parking brake switch electrically disables the truck increase motor speed.
from driving when applied and is located on the park
3. As the truck is moving forward at slow speed, slowly
brake handle assembly.
pull up on the brake lever.
Checking Parking Brake Switch 4. The truck must immediately slow to a STOP.
1. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from 5. If the truck continues moving forward, recheck the
the key switch. setting and operation of the switch.
2. Disconnect the battery.
3. Make sure all the other wheels are securely blocked NOTICE
so that the truck cannot move.
4. Remove the hydraulic control valve cover. DO NOT release or operate the truck if you are in
5. Disconnect e-brake cutout switch connector. doubt about the effectiveness of the parking brake
system.
6. Connect the ohm meter leads to the switch wires.
2-11
Replacing the Parking Brake Cable Parking Brake Caliper Assembly

1. First, review “General Maintenance Instruction,” on The parking brake caliper assembly is used for holding
page 1-2. the forklift in place while unattended, it is activated by
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from pulling the park brake lever.
the key switch.
Adjusting Parking Brake Caliper
3. Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out procedure.
1. First, review “Before You Begin,” page 1-1.
2. Set the key switch to OFF, then remove the key from
5. Make sure all the other wheels are securely blocked
the key switch and disconnect the battery.
6. Remove the hydraulic valve cover to expose the
parking brake mechanism.
4. Loosen adjustment bolt jam nut.
7. Remove the cable from the truck noting how the
cable is positioned. 5. Adjust actuator adjustment bolt to desired position.
8. At the park lever, pull the pin that connects the cable
IMPORTANT
to the park brake linkage.
The adjustment should be set so when the park
9. At the caliper, remove the bolt that holds the yoke to
brake lever is screwed all the way out (completely
the caliper. Remove yoke, tension spring and the two
counterclockwise) and the lever is pulled to its full
flat washers, noting placement on the old cable.
vertical position, so the caliper holds the wheel.
Replace parts on the new cable positioning yoke in
the same location. 6. Tighten adjustment bolt jam nut.
10. Feed the new cable from the parking brake lever to 7. Reassemble in reverse order.
the wheel motor in the same manner as the one
removed, then connect both ends. Changing Parking Brake Pads or
11. Adjust the parking brake cable - see “Adjusting Replacing Parking Brake Caliper
Parking Brake Caliper,” page 2-10.
2. Set the key switch to OFF, then remove the key from
the key switch, perform a Lock Out Tag Out
NOTICE procedure and disconnect the battery.
DO NOT release or operate the truck if you are in 3. Make sure all the other wheels are securely blocked
doubt about the effectiveness of the parking brake so that the truck cannot move.
system. Contact your Landoll service representative
for assistance. 4. Remove 3/8”-16 x 1-1/4” round head square neck
screws and nuts from park brake bracket.
IMPORTANT
The parking brake caliper and bracket will be loose
when hardware is removed. Remove the parking
brake caliper carefully so that the caliper pads,
backing plate, and actuator pin do not fall.
5. Either remove caliper for replacement or replace
brake pads with new ones.
7. If needed, adjust caliper. See “Adjusting Parking
Brake Caliper,” on page 2-10.
2-12 F-528-0610 Edition

Brake Pedal Assembly

Disc Brakes
The disc brakes are inherently self-adjusting. NO
adjustments are necessary or provided. Refer to
“Changing Brake Pads,” page 2-5.
1
Brake Pedal
The service brake pedal has about 1" maximum free-play
before any pressure is applied to the brakes, (or before
the pedal moves the master cylinder plunger).
The pedal also has a maximum range of travel of up to
only 0.500” (12.7 mm) before it contacts the positive stop
hex screw, and includes a brake light switch that
energizes the brake STOP lights, where applicable, and
has a switch for disengaging traction drive. The brake ART #
light/accelerator switch is factory set to trip just as the
Figure 2-4: Brake Linkage
brake pedal begins its downward stroke.
7. Tighten the adjustment lock nut against the brake
pedal yoke.
8. Install the left floor plate.
9. Connect the battery and check for proper brake
Service Brake Linkage operation as follows:
1. First, review “General Maintenance Instructions,” on • Raise and block the truck off the ground.
page 1-2. • Accelerate the forklift to full speed.
2. Set the key switch to OFF, remove the key from the • Apply the brakes to quickly STOP the wheels.
key switch, perform a Lock Out Tag Out procedure • Release the brake pedal after the wheels stop, then
and disconnect the battery. accelerate again to full speed.
3. Before doing any adjustment, check for: • Release the accelerator pedal to allow the truck to
• Low fluid level in the master cylinder reservoir. coast to a stop.
• Air or leaks in the system • Both wheels should stop at the same time.
• Worn brake pads. See “Changing Brake Pads,” • Repeat this procedure two times in forward and in
page 2-5. reverse directions.
• Any of these conditions can affect pedal free-play. 10. If the forklift does not perform as stated above,
• Proceed to the appropriate heading for repairs. reinspect the brake calipers for wear.
4. Remove the left floor plate to expose the brake pedal
linkage and master cylinder, See “Floor Plate
Removal,” page 2-17.
5. Loosen the 5/16” free play adjustment nut on the
master cylinder push rod. See Figure 2-4.
6. Turn the rod clockwise to increase dimension on the
pedal; turn counterclockwise to decrease dimension.
See Figure 2-4. For free play adjustment dimension.
2-13
Brake Light/Accelerator Switch

NOTE
Brake Light/Accelerator Switch Adjustment To avoid “flat-spotting the tires, do not lock the brakes
1. First, review “Before You Begin,” page 1-1. when stopping.
2. Set the key switch to OFF, remove the key from the
Replacing the linear pot
key switch, perform the Lock Out/Tag Out procedure
and disconnect the battery. To replace the linear pot, disconnect the connector to the
assembly and remove the 2 bolts holding the assembly
3. Slightly loosen both brake switch hex head screws.
into position and replace the assembly. Calibration is
See Figure 2-4.
required through the dashboard calibration procedure.
4. Connect the ohm meter leads to the appropriate See page 5-2.
switch being tested.
5. Slowly push down on the brake pedal. Before you
feel pedal resistance, the meter must read one of the
following:
• The meter must show a reading of open at the full Brake Light/Accelerator Switch Replacement
upright pedal position for brake lights (2 black wires).
• The meter must show a reading of closed (or less
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from
than 1 ohm) at the full upright pedal position for
the key switch.
accelerator switch (2 green wires).
3. Perform Lock Out/Tag Out procedure.
6. Slide the brake switch forward or backward to locate
the switch at this position - to engage as the pedal 4. Disconnect the battery, block the wheels and release
begins its downward stroke. See Figure 2-4. the parking brake.
7. Carefully tighten and torque the screws (8 to 10 ft. 5. Remove floor plates. See “Floor Plate Removal,”
lbs.; 11-14 Nm) to secure the switch without moving page 2-17.
the setting, then release the brake pedal to verify the 6. Unscrew and remove the switch assembly from the
setting. brake pedal frame and install the new switch. See
8. Disconnect the ohm meter. Figure 2-5.
9. Start the truck. 7. To set the switch see “Accelerator Switch
Adjustment,” on page 2-17.
10. Apply the brakes while checking that the lights turn
ON and/or the accelerator switch interrupts before
pressure is applied to the master cylinder.
LINEAR
POT
BRAKE
SWITCH
MASTER
CYLINDER
Figure 2-5: Brake Switch Assembly
2-14 F-528-0610 Edition

NOTE
The push rod lock nut should be installed so that when
Master Cylinder the pedal is completely retracted, the yoke to the master
cylinder crank plate hardware is loose, when it is
Replacing Master Cylinder completely assembled.
NOTE
Whenever the master cylinder is removed and/or
the key switch.
replaced, the hydraulic brake system must be bled. The
3. Perform the Lock Out/Tag Out procedure. time required to bleed the system can be reduced and
4. Apply the parking brake, disconnect the battery and made easier if the master cylinder is filled with brake fluid
block the wheels. and bench-bled before installing the cylinder into the
5. Remove floor plates. See “Floor Plate Removal,” truck (See “Bench Bleed the Master Cylinder,” below).
page 2-17. 15. Replace the new master cylinder in reverse order.
6. Remove the master cylinder fill cap and rubber
diaphragm (two round head screws). IMPORTANT
Brake fluid will damage paint. Cover all truck body
NOTE parts and be careful not to spill fluid during this
Note: Siphon out as much fluid as possible. Install and procedure. Wipe up any spilled fluid immediately,
tighten the fill cap and diaphragm before removing the then flush the area with clean water.
cylinder.
7. See Figure 2-4. Bench Bleed the Master Cylinder
8. Place rags under the brake line connections. Have a 1. Support the cylinder in a vise to prevent fluid spillage
plastic cap or bag handy to cover the end of the line while allowing you to push the internal piston with the
to limit fluid spillage. push rod. See Figure 2-6.
2. Remove the filler cap and fill the cylinder with DOT 3
IMPORTANT brake fluid.
Brake fluid will damage paint. Cover truck body parts 3. Slowly push in on the rubber boot and cylinder
and be careful not to spill fluid during this procedure. plunger (push rod) assembly to force air from the
9. Using a flare-nut wrench, disconnect the brake fluid cylinder, then hold the push rod in. See Figure 2-6.
line at the rear of the cylinder. 4. Press your finger tightly over the master cylinder
outlet port to prevent air from being drawn back into
NOTE the cylinder when you release the push rod, or feed a
Flare-nut wrenches should be used to prevent rounding separate line (flexible tubing) from the cylinder port(s)
off the flats. and immerse the other end in the container of new
10. Carefully pull the brake line away from the cylinder. brake fluid. Wait several seconds to allow fluid to be
Seal or plug the brake line and master cylinder port drawn from the reservoir to the cylinder bore, then
to prevent fluid loss and/or contamination. repeat this step. When you push the push rod in
again it will force your finger from the master cylinder
11. Disassemble the yoke from the master cylinder crank
outlet port to expel any trapped air. Place rags under
plate (one 5/16-18 screw and hardware).
the brake line fitting to soak up any fluid loss.
12. Remove the two master cylinder mounting bolts and
5. When only brake fluid is expelled from the master
remove the cylinder from the truck.
cylinder outlet port, hold the push rod in and seal the
13. Remove the reservoir cap and discard any fluid master cylinder outlet port with an appropriate
remaining in the reservoir. threaded plug or plastic cap, then release pressure
14. Mark the push rod lock nut setting, then remove the on the push rod.
yoke and lock nut from the old cylinder and install it to 6. Fill the master cylinder reservoir and install the filler
the new cylinder, maintaining the same lock nut cap and gasket.
setting.
2-15
NOTE
Check the fluid level often during the bleeding operation
PUSH IN and add fluid as needed to prevent the level from falling
MASTER CYLINDER low enough to allow air bubbles into the master cylinder.
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid from a sealed container.
NEVER use old or used brake fluid. It contains moisture
which will deteriorate the brake system components.
IMPORTANT
PUSH ROD It is necessary to bleed both wheels if air has entered
PLUNGER AND
RUBBER GROMMET the system. Air in the brake system can be caused by
low fluid level or if a brake line has been leaking or
CYLINDER OUTLET PORT
disconnected. If the brake pedal feels spongy when
pressed and travels almost to the mechanical stop
but regains height when pumped, air has entered the
system. The system must be bled. If no fittings were
recently opened for service, check for leaks that
Figure 2-6 would have allowed air into the system and repair
leaks before attempting to bleed the system.
Check Master Cylinder Fluid Level
The master cylinder is located below the driver’s NOTE
compartment floor plate.
Have an assistant available, as well as a supply of brake
1. Remove the left floor plate. See page 2-17. fluid, an empty container, a length of 3/16” (4.763 mm)
2. First clean the reservoir cap to avoid fluid clear plastic or vinyl tubing to fit over the cylinder bleeder
contamination, then remove the fill cap and rubber fitting and a six point wrench to open and close the fitting.
gasket. See Figure 2-6.
3. Additional fluid is needed when the fluid level is NOTICE
below the FULL line stamped in the master cylinder
DO NOT allow fluid to go inside of the brake caliper
housing body.
and onto the brake pad. It will contaminate the brake
4. Add fluid as needed. DO NOT OVER FILL. Use only lining and cause failure.
DOT3 brake fluid from a clean, sealed source.
5. Reinstall the reservoir fill cap and rubber gasket. 1. First, review “Before You Begin,” page 1-1.
Tighten only enough to provide a leak-proof seal.
6. Note: Do not overtighten. This could crimp, split, or the key switch.
damage the seal.
3. Apply the parking brake, perform a Lock Out/Tag Out
procedure and disconnect the battery.
Bleeding Brakes 4. Block and remove the rear drive wheels.
5. Start with the right wheel (the wheel farthest from the
NOTE master cylinder).
Bleeding the brake system is necessary to remove any 6. Loosen the bleeder fitting slightly, then tighten it
air that is trapped when replacing brake lines, brake where it is snug but can be loosened quickly and
calipers or the master cylinder. To avoid extensive easily.
damage to the system, use only DOT 3 brake fluid.
7. Fit a length of tubing over the bleed screw and

immerse the other end in the container of new brake
CAUTION fluid. Check that the tubing fits tightly over the
Wear eye protection. If brake fluid comes in contact bleeder fitting. See Figure 2-7.
with your eyes, immediately rinse them with water 8. Check fluid level in the master cylinder. Fill before
and seek medical attention. you begin.
9. Have someone slowly press on the brake pedal
several times to build pressure in the system, then
hold the pedal down.
2-16 F-528-0610 Edition

3. Perform Lock Out/Tag Out procedure and disconnect

IMPORTANT the battery.
Be careful when handling bleeder screws. Rust may 4. Apply the parking brake.
cause the fitting to break. Spray the fitting with 5. Make sure all the other wheels are securely blocked
penetrating oil before attempting to loosen. Use a so that the truck cannot move.
6-sided wrench instead of a 12-sided wrench.
6. Remove covers as needed.
10. Loosen the cylinder bleed screw until fluid starts to
flow. Watch for air bubbles at the immersed end of 7. Replace the damaged component and reassemble.
the tube. 8. Make all adjustments needed to insure brakes are
11. When the brake pedal bottoms, tighten the bleed operating correctly.
screw, then release the pedal. DO NOT release 9. Test the operation of the forklift truck brakes.
pressure on the pedal until the bleed screw is
tightened.
Accelerator Pedal Assembly
12. Repeat Steps 8 through 11 as many times as needed
until the fluid draining in the container is free of air
bubbles. NOTE
13. Fill the master cylinder fluid level and add as needed The accelerator assembly consists of the linear
before bleeding the other side. potentiometer, harness, and accelerator pedal.
14. Check the operation of the brakes. The pedal should
feel solid when depressed, with no softness. If Floor Plate Removal
necessary, repeat this procedure.
NOTE
BLEED SCREWS This panel provides access to the accelerator assembly
(USE 6-SIDED which is mounted to the underside of the floor plate. The
WRENCH OR master cylinder and service brake pedal and linkage are
SOCKET) mounted within the frame well.
1. Thoroughly clean the floor area using a vacuum.
2. Without tearing, pull up the rubber floor mat.
3. Remove the left floor plate from the truck frame. See
Figure 2-7.
4. Carefully lift the right floor plate. The accelerator
pedal assembly will still attached to the right floor
plate.
NOTE
The accelerator module electrical harness will restrict
ART # how far the plate can be lifted. To fully remove the plate
Figure 2-7
you must disconnect the electrical harness.
Service Brake Pedal Assembly 5. Reassemble in reverse order.
NOTE
The service brake assembly (brake pedal) includes the Adjusting Accelerator Pedal
mechanical brake pedal assembly, containing a pivot
bushing. The only normal repair items are the switch, the
pivot bushing, or the brake return spring. 2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from
the key switch.
Replacing Any Other Hydraulic Brake 3. Block wheels and perform the Lock Out/Tag Out
Component procedure.
1. First, review “Before You Begin,” on page 1-1. 4. Remove the floor plates.
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from 5. Note: It is recommended to hold the right hand floor
the key switch. plate in a vice while doing this procedure.
2-17
6. Loosen the allen head fastener on the pedal arm so

that it can rotate freely. Rotate the pedal until the
pedal touches the rear of the slot. Tighten the
fastener.
7. Install floor plate assembly back on the forklift.
8. Install left hand floor plate.
9. Refer to Landoll Setup Procedure, located in
“Calibration of Steering and Throttle Pot” onpage 5-6
to re-calibrate the throttle pot module.
Floor Mat
Replacing Accelerator Module
1. First, review “Before You Begin,” page 1-1. Floor Plate
the key switch.
procedure, disconnect the battery and block all
wheels.
4. Remove the floor plates. See “Floor Plate Removal”,
on this page.
5. Remove the two round head screws (5/16-18 x 1)
and hardware securing the accelerator to the floor
panel. See Figure 2-8.
6. Disassemble the accelerator from the floor plate and Accelerator
install the replacement accelerator in its place. See Module
Figure 2-8.
7. Loosen the allen headed fastener on the pedal arm
and orient the pedal 90 degrees up. Insert the flat
part of the arm through the slot, rotate and mate the
accelerator mounting surface to the underside of the
floor plate. Align with the 5/16" bolts and tighten to
secure the accelerator.
8. Adjust the pedal, See Adjusting Accelerator Pedal, Figure 2-8
page 2-17.
9. Re-calibrate the software beginning on page 5-5.
2-18 F-528-0610 Edition

Exposing and Maintaining the

Traction Motors
The Bendi AC truck is equipped with a left and a right
traction motor and also a motor that powers the hydraulic
pump. The traction motors have sensors to monitor
speed and position. The motors used on the Bendi AC
lifts are AC motors and have no brushes. Motor
maintenance consists of keeping the motors clean with
the use of compressed air.
To repair and/or replace the traction motors:
1. Set the parking brake and all wheels not being
serviced.
the key switch.
4. Perform the Lock Out/Tag Out procedure.
6. Remove the battery floor plate to expose the motor
cover.
Traction Drive Assemblies

Inspecting the Drive Assembly
NOTE
The Landoll AC truck has an individual motor that drives
each wheel.
Before attempting to replace any part of the drive
unit, visually inspect the following components:
• Check for leaks.
• Check all fluid levels.
• Check for loose, worn or frayed electrical cables.
• Check tires for gouges, cupping, flat spots and
excessive wear.
• Check for any loose bolts or fittings.
2-19
NOTES:
2-20 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 3
Hydraulic Components: Motors and Pumps
Steering Motor Maintenance

Maintain the hydraulic system, and associated
 CAUTION
components, as required by the various checklists After prolonged truck use, hydraulic oil will be
beginning on page 1-8 and the Routine Maintenance hot and can burn human skin. Allow hydraulic oil
Schedule for Bendi AC Series Forklifts located in to cool to a temperature that does not burn skin
Appendix A of the Bendi AC Series Operator's Manual before performing this procedure.
(F-522-__). Guidelines for hydraulic system maintenance
is provided in the following paragraphs.
Check Hydraulic Oil Level
 CAUTION 1. Lower the mast to within a few inches of the ground,
then tilt it back completely.
Do not allow:
2. Side shift the mast to the far right and return it to the
• Hydraulic fluid level to drop significantly or straight forward position (normal carry position).
allow the reservoir to run dry. This will induce
3. With the key switch OFF, turn the steering wheel left
air into the system and cause damage to
and right until it becomes difficult to turn.
hydraulic system components.
4. The fill/dipstick cap is located under the controller
• Prevent dirt or other foreign matter from
compartment cover. Disconnect battery and open the
entering the hydraulic system; clean filler
controller compartment.
caps before checking oil level.
5. First clean the area around the dipstick, then pull
dipstick out and wipe clean. Reinsert and then check
Cylinders and Valves: Check these components for dipstick to determine oil level.
drift and leakage. Refer to Landoll Corporation and
other vendor service information for specifications. IMPORTANT
Hoses and Tube lines: Check for cracks, hardening, • It is important that the proper level of oil be
or other signs of wear. Reroute any usable hoses that maintained at all times. Failure to check the oil
are kinked, severely bent, or rest against hot parts. level as recommended could cause serious mast
Look for leaks, especially at couplings and fittings. function operating problems.
Replace any hoses or tube lines that do not meet
• The oil level indicated on the dipstick is most
system flow and pressure ratings.
accurate when the oil is at operating temperature
Hydraulic Fluid: Check fluid level and look for air (130°F to 176°F (53°C to 93°C)).
bubbles. Check the filter. See Appendix B of the Bendi
• Do not overfill. Having the level above the FULL
AC Series Operator’s Manual (F-522-__) for
line does not allow enough area for expansion
recommended lubricants.
when the oil heats during normal operation.
Other Hydraulic System Components: Visually check
6. Remove the dipstick again, holding the dipstick tip
other components to see if they are loosely mounted,
level and check the oil level. If the oil level is at the
show signs of leaks, or other damage or wear to the
FULL line or between the FULL and ADD lines, the
hydraulics.
level is correct and no oil is needed. If the oil is at or
NOTE below the ADD line, you will need to add oil to bring it
up to the FULL line (maximum).
The hydraulic pump in your Bendi truck is powered by an
AC non-serviceable motor. The pump supplies hydraulic 7. Add hydraulic oil as needed. See page 1-17 for
pressure for steering and mast lift. recommended lubricants.
06/2010 3-1
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS: MOTORS AND PUMPS
8. If the fluid appears very dirty or dark in color, check

the truck’s maintenance log for the last fluid and filter
change and service it accordingly.
9. Install dipstick, making sure it is seated. Close
controller compartment and reconnect battery.
Changing Hydraulic Oil

1. Review “Before You Begin” on page 1-1.
2. Park the truck on a level, designated service area.
3. Set the parking brake and block the rear wheels.
4. Perform Lock Out/Tag Out procedure.
5. Set the key to OFF and remove the key from the key
Change the Hydraulic Oil Filter
switch.
6. Disconnect the battery.  CAUTION
7. Open joystick rear cover. After prolonged truck use, hydraulic oil will be
8. Open the fill/dipstick cap. hot and can burn human skin. Allow hydraulic oil
9. The hydraulic reservoir drain plug is located in the to cool to a temperature that does not burn skin
bottom of the truck, underneath the reservoir. before performing this procedure.
10. Slide a flat collection pan, (minimum 10 gallons (40
liters)) under the drain plug, then remove the plug. 1. Park the truck on a level, designated service area,
11. Change the hydraulic filter. (See “Change the set the parking brake and block the wheels.
Hydraulic Oil Filter” on this page.) 2. Set the key to OFF and remove the key from the key
12. Clean the magnetic trap on the drain plug of any switch.
contaminants. When the tank is empty, clean and 3. Perform Lock Out/Tag Out procedure.
reinstall the drain plug. 4. Disconnect the battery.
13. Add hydraulic oil. See page 1-17 for recommended 5. Remove the driver’s seat floor plate.
lubricants. DO NOT overfill.
6. Using a clean, lint-free cloth, clean the area around
14. Replace the fill/dipstick cap, turn clockwise, and the filter element housing and remove the old filter
make sure it is tightened securely. housing cover.
15. Make sure the drain plug is tight enough to prevent 7. Remove the old filter.
oil leaks, but do not over tighten. Refer to Torque
8. Coat the O-ring seal on the new filter element with a
Specifications on page 1-17.
thin film of hydraulic oil, then screw the new element
16. Remove Lock Out/Tag Out notices and locks. onto the housing and replace the filter housing cover.
17. Run lift to check for leaks. 9. Operate the hydraulic system by running the mast
18. With the lift OFF and the forks down, check the oil functions and observe the filter for oil leaks.
level on the dipstick and add oil accordingly. 10. Check the hydraulic fluid level and reinstall the
driver’s floor plate.
3-2 F-528-0610 Edition

Checking and Adjusting

Hydraulic Pressure IMPORTANT
Do not hold a hydraulic joystick (bottomed out) for
 WARNING excessive periods of time. Extreme pressure is
applied to the system which can, over periods of
HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS CAN BE DANGEROUS! time, generate heat and damage oil and internal
Before continuing with this section, read about components. If the pressure is low and cannot be
the warnings of pressurized hydraulic oil under adjusted to the proper value, check the pump and
“Hydraulic System” on page 1-5. make sure there are no leaks in the hydraulic system.
If the pressure is too high and cannot be adjusted to
the proper pressure, replace the relief valve.
NOTE 11. Tighten the relief valve lock nut.
For ease of checking hydraulic pressure, Landoll offers a 12. Set the key to OFF, remove the key from the key
Pressure Check Kit (P.N. 0018152) which includes a switch, and disconnect the battery.
5000 p.s.i. (344.7 bar) gauge, hose and a quick-coupler 13. Operate the function joysticks momentarily to relieve
assembly. If you are using your own system, have shop system pressure.
rags, oil absorbent and a small container ready to collect
14. Remove the pressure gauge quick-coupler or remove
any oil spills.
your gauge arrangement.
1. For this test, make sure that the hydraulic tank has
15. Start the truck.
plenty of oil.
16. Lift and lower the mast a few times to check truck
2. Set the key to OFF, remove the key from the key
operation and check the hydraulic system for leaks.
switch and disconnect the battery.
17. Set the key to OFF and disconnect the battery.
18. Reassemble all covers and panels that were
4. Remove the control valve cover, located to the right
previously removed.
of the driver’s seat.
5. Operate the function joystick briefly to relieve any
system pressure.
6. Connect the pressure check kit quick-coupler (female
end) to the coupler (male end) on the control valve.
• If you are not using the pressure check kit, remove
the quick-coupler and install an appropriate fitting to
accept your pressure gauge arrangement.
• Have rags handy to collect any oil leakage.
• Install your 5000 psi (344.7 bar) gauge arrangement
to the tee fitting.
• All parts connected to the gauge port must be
capable of handling up to 5000 p.s.i. (344.7 bar).
• To adjust pressure, the truck (pump) must be running
to create hydraulic pressure. Always pay careful
Pressure
attention when servicing while the truck is running. Test
To check or set the pressure, you must pull the tilt
lever to dead head the cylinder to build pressure,
Port
then set the relief valve.
7. Loosen the relief valve jam nut.
8. Start the truck.
9. Adjust the valve stem by turning clockwise to
increase pressure, counterclockwise to decrease
pressure.
10. Release the joystick immediately once the pressure
is set at 2600 psi. (179 bar)
3-3
Hydraulic Steering Motor • Always use a puller to remove the steering wheel. Do
not use a hammer, torch, or crow bar.
Maintenance • Investigate and immediately correct any play, rattle,
shimmy, misalignment, or other unusual occurrence
NOTE in the steering system.
When performing a hydraulic motor repair, it is important • Report any malfunction or accident that may have
to have the proper tools and facilities to complete a damaged a steering system part.
successful rebuild. Make sure the area around the motor • Investigate and correct any external leak in the
has been thoroughly cleaned and that the correct steering system, no matter how minor the leak.
replacement parts will be used. Dirt, grease and old oil
• Do not attempt to weld any broken steering
will shorten the pump and steering motor life.
component. Replace the component with original
equipment only. Do not cold straighten, hot
Hydraulic Motor Disassembly straighten, or bend any steering part.
If the hydraulic steering motor is leaking oil from between
the sections, but works okay, a simple rebuild kit with  CAUTION
replacement o-rings may give an adequate repair. A
motor with more serious problems will need to be Prevent dirt or other foreign matter from entering
replaced. See the F-523-____ Bendi AC parts book for the hydraulic system; clean filler caps before
individual part numbers and exploded views or contact checking oil level.
your nearest Landoll approved service location for further
information. Check Power Steering
1. Sit in the driver’s seat and set the key switch to ON.
Parts Inspection
2. While applying the service brake, release the parking
brake and set the direction control lever to
NOTE FORWARD or REVERSE. The power steering pump
Clean all parts in a non-flammable solvent and dry. motor should start running.
Inspect for wear or damage. Replace worn or damaged
3. If the motor does not start, first check that the parking
parts.
brake is released.
4. While moving forward or backward slowly (to avoid
Hydraulic Motor Reassembly flat-spotting), verify that the truck turns left and right
1. All parts should be clean and have a light coating of with a relatively smooth, easy motion.
hydraulic oil. 5. While moving forward or backward slowly, turn the
2. Pay close attention when assembling o-rings, as they steering wheel completely to the right (a full
can be pinched. right-hand turn).
3. Insert the hold-down bolts into the pump body and 6. While moving slowly in either direction, turn the
hand tighten into the tapped holes in the truck frame. steering wheel completely to the left
(counterclockwise) while counting the number of full
4. Torque down the mounting bolts.
revolutions. The steering wheel must complete
approximately seven to nine revolutions, lock-to-lock.
Hydraulic Pump Service 7. Next, turn the steering wheel completely to the right
(clockwise) while counting the number of revolutions.
NOTE The steering wheel must complete approximately
The hydraulic lift pump used on the Bendi AC has no seven to nine revolutions, ±1/2 revolution,
serviceable parts and is repaired by replacement only. lock-to-lock.
8. Sit in the truck without touching the steering, set the
Power Steering System Maintenance direction switch to neutral, and check that the pump
turns off.
Guidelines to perform maintenance on the power
steering system is provided in the following
paragraphs.
• Fluid for the hydraulic power steering system comes
from the central hydraulic reservoir.
3-4 F-528-0610 Edition

Filling and Air Bleeding the Power Replacing the Hydraulic Pump and
Steering System Motor
Fill and air bleed the power steering system per the 1. For instructions, See Figure 3-1.
schedule shown on the Routine Maintenance Schedule 2. Remove the key and place in a secure area.
of the Bendi AC Operator's Manual (F-522-__)
3. Perform the Lock Out Tag/Out procedure.
1. Fill the reservoir until it is between the F and E marks
on the dipstick.
5. Remove the battery tray.
2. Run the steering through three complete cycles by
turning the steering wheel all the way in one 6. Move the hydraulic levers back and forth to relieve
direction, then all the way the other direction. pressure from the lines.
3. Check and refill the reservoir after each cycle. 7. Disconnect the suction and pressure hoses from the
hydraulic pump, item #1. Place shop rags
4. Add fluid until it is between the F and E marks on the
underneath the connections to catch hydraulic oil.
dipstick. DO NOT OVERFILL. See page 3-2 for
dipstick illustration. 8. Mark and disconnect the 2 snap electrical
connectors, item #2.
9. Mark and disconnect the 3 heavy gauge electrical
Hydraulic Components cables, item #3.
10. Insert wooden blocks underneath the counter weight
NOTE closest to the hydraulic motor - right side.
This section explains the following: 11. Hold and steady the counter weight with a floor jack.
• Hydraulic Pump 12. Remove the 1-8 x 4 upper counter weight bolt, item
• Steer Motor #4. Note: The removal of the bolt is for motor removal
• Hydraulic Return Filter clearance.
• Hydraulic Control Valve 13. Remove three 3/8” fasteners, items #5, to allow the
pump and motor assembly to be elevated out of the
• Servicing the Lift Motor and Pump
frame.
14. Using an overhead hoist, remove the pump and
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from motor assembly from the truck and place it in the
the key switch. repair area. NOTE: Assembly is very heavy.
3. Apply the parking brake, perform a Lock Out/Tag Out 15. Assemble in reverse procedure.
3 5
2
Figure 3-1
3-5
Hydraulic Steer Motor Replacement NOTE

1. For instructions, See Figure 3-2.
• Power steering pressure is set at 2600 psi ±100 psi
2. Remove the key and place in a secure area. (131 bar, ± 7 bar). A pressure gauge port is provided,
3. Perform the Lock Out/Tag Out procedure. with a “quick-coupler,” (pressure service kit, Landoll
4. Disconnect the battery. p/n: 0018152) for reading the steer pump pressure
when hooked to the pressure relief valve.
5. Release hydraulic pressure in the system by moving
all control levers back and forth and turning the Before you service this valve for possible pressure
steering wheel left and right. problems, make sure there are no leaks in the hydraulic
system and that there is sufficient oil in the tank. Both
6. Remove the six 1/4” - 20 x 3/4” bolts that hold the
conditions can contribute to low pressure problems. (Also
front rotation cover and remove the cover.
see “Power Steering System,” in the Bendi AC Operator's
7. Remove the rotation switch bracket and rotation pot Manual (F-522-___) for additional circuit information.)
from the top side of the steering gear assembly - item
#1.
8. Remove the 3/8”-16 x 1 1/4” bolt and pinion retainer Checking Steer Pressure
plate from the steering motor drive shaft - item #2. 1. First, review Before You Begin on page 1-1.
9. Using even pressure from 2 sides, pry up on the 2. Set the key switch to OFF, remove the key from the
steering pinion gear to remove. key switch.
10. Mark and remove all 3 hydraulic lines from the 3. Perform the Lock Out/Tag Out procedure.
steering motor. Keep shop rags near for spills.
4. Remove the floor plates. See “Floor Plate Removal,”
11. Remove the four 1/2” - 20 x 2” bolts that hold the page 2-17.
motor to the frame - item #3. Remove the motor.
5. For ease in checking pressure Landoll Service offers
12. Reassemble the steering motor in reverse order. Item a Pressure Check Kit (p/n: 0018152) which includes
#3 bolts are to be torqued to 90 ft-lbs(122 Nm). a 5,000 psi (344.7 bar) pressure gauge, hose and
13. Item #2 bolt is to be torqued to 40 ft-lbs(55 Nm). quick-coupler). Have shop rags and a small container
14. Re-calibrate the Landoll Bendi AC truck directions available to collect any oil spills. Refer to Illustration
beginning on page 5-1. shown below.
6. Turn the steering wheel briefly from one side to the
other to relieve system pressure - allow oil to drain.
7. Connect the pressure check kit quick-coupler (female
end) to the coupler (male end) on the pressure test
1 port.
2
Figure 3-3
Figure 3-2
3-6 F-528-0610 Edition

• If you are not using the pressure check kit, remove

the quick-coupler and install an appropriate fitting to
Hydraulic Control Valve
accept your pressure gauge arrangement. Assembly
• Be prepared to collect the oil leakage. General Info
• Install your 3,000 psi (207 bar) pressure gauge The following procedure explains how to replace a
arrangement to the fitting. Landoll recommends a specific valve should a sluggish or sticking valve
5000PSI gauge for accuracy, 3000PSI minimum. spool be suspect.
8. Start the truck.
 CAUTION
To check pressure, the truck & therefore the pump,
must be running to create hydraulic pressure.
Always use extreme caution when servicing the
truck while it is running.
9. Turn the steering wheel fully to the right and hold the
wheel to allow pressure buildup. The pressure
reading must be 2600 psi, ±100 psi (179 bar, ± 7 bar)
maximum.
10. Release the steering wheel.
 CAUTION
Do not turn and hold the steering wheel against
the rotation limit for long periods of time. If you remove the valve from the truck for servicing
Excessive pressure is applied to the circuit which (hex head screws and hardware), when reinstalling
can, over long periods of time, generate heat and the valve be certain to tighten the mounting screws
damage internal components. If the pressure is in a staggering fashion while applying equal
low, check the pump and make sure there are no pressure to all screws. If the screws are not
leaks in the hydraulic system. If the pressure is tightened and torqued evenly, you could create a
too high or too low, replace the relief valve. stress crack, thus internal oil leaks, rendering the
valve defective.
11. Turn the steering wheel from one side to the other, to
check the hydraulic connections for leaks. NOTE
12. Check for a pressure reading of 2600 psi ±100 psi • The main hydraulic pump for lift, tilt, pivot, and shift
(179 bar, ± 7 bar) maximum, set the key switch to (mast functions) is a fixed displacement gear pump
OFF. (2.008 cu. inch/rev). System pressure must not
13. Turn steering wheel to release pressure. exceed 3,000 psi, ±65 psi (205 bar, ±4 bar)
maximum. Actual pressure is determined by mast
14. Remove pressure gauge.
size, load requirements and lift speed. See reference
15. Replace relief valve if pressure reading is out of chart below:
specifications.
Bendi AC Pump Speed in RPM’s
Mast Model Lift Speed
35DTriple 1800
35D Quad 1750
40D Triple 1900
45D Quad 2400
50D Triple 2650
55D Triple 2850
3-7
15. Remove the lift pot/switch mounts by removing the

• The main pump pressure relief valve is part of the
mounting screws.
hydraulic control valve.
16. Remove the fasteners on the spool actuation end
• A pressure gauge port is provided, with a
and remove the cover plate(s).
“quick-coupler,” (pressure service kit, Landoll p.n.
0018152) for reading the pump pressure on the
hydraulic control valve. The pressure check port on
the forklift is attached to the inlet port on the hydraulic Exploded Hydraulic
control valve. See Figure 3-3.
IMPORTANT
• Before you service this valve for possible pressure
problems, make sure there are no leaks in the
hydraulic system and that there is sufficient oil in the
tank. Both conditions can contribute to low pressure
problems.
• (Also see “Mast Systems,” in the Bendi AC Series
Operator's Manual (F-522-___) for additional circuit
information.) Valve
Hydraulic Control Valve and Switches
During this time close inspection should be given looking
Removal for leaks between the sections. If there have been
1. First, review Before You Begin on page 1-1. sectional leaks, simply unbolt the three bolts that hold the
2. Set the key switch to OFF, remove the key from the sections together, replace the leaking o-ring and tighten
key switch, perform a Lock Out/Tag Out procedure up the bolts holding the sections together. (See
and disconnect the battery. “Hydraulic Control Valve” in F-523 Bendi AC parts book)
3. Apply the hand brake and block the wheels. 17. Remove the spool and end mechanism from the
bore.
4. Relieve pressure in the system by moving the
hydraulic levers back and forth a few times. 18. Remove the seal, wiper and seal plate from the
tang/clevis end of the spool. A dental pick can be
5. Remove the floor plate. used to remove the wiper and o-ring. Use caution to
6. Remove valve cover. avoid nicking the bore.
7. Inspect the spool actuator end (upper) and the switch 19. Remove the end mechanism from the cap end of the
actuator end (lower) for leakage. Also inspect valve spool.
for leakage between valve sections. 20. Remove all foreign material from the spool and seal
8. If leakage is found, the spool seals can be replaced. counter bores.
If there is leakage within the spools, as determined 21. Lubricate the seal groove bores on the cap and
by drift in the hydraulic actuator, the valve may need tang/clevis ends of the housing.
to be replaced. If leakage is found between sections,
replace o-ring between the section. 22. Re-assemble the cap end of the spool with the new
seals per the applicable end mechanism repair
9. Remove the valve from the truck by first identifying instruction and carefully reinsert the spool.
and marking all hoses, disconnecting and plugging
all hydraulic tubes. Be prepared to manage spills. 23. Install the new seal and wiper on the tang/clevis end
of the spool using the seal plate to push them in prior
10. Disconnect the lift pot from the truck wiring harness to completing the seal plate cap screw installation
and switches from the truck wiring harness at the and torque.
Deutsch connector.
24. Assemble the switch pot brackets to the other end of
11. Remove the push/pull linkage from the spools by the valve.
removing the cotter pins and pulling the pins from the
spools. 25. Apply grease (NLSI #2 Texaco #880) to actuator end
prior to assembly of the spool actuator.
12. Remove the bolts holding the valve to the valve
mounting bracket. 26. Reassemble valve to truck.
13. Place valve on a bench or in a vice. 27. Attach and tighten all hoses.
14. Seals can only be removed by removing the spools. 28. Operate valve functions and check for leaks.
3-8 F-528-0610 Edition

Spool Section Rebuild 12. Attach and tighten hydraulic hoses.

13. Start truck, operate hydraulic system, and check for
NOTE leaks.
The inlet assembly will include an o-ring, and the 14. Calibrate lift pot input to controller. Refer to page 5-1
spool sections will include an o-ring, load check for calibration instructions. This adjustment is actually
poppet and load check spring. completed through the controller electronically.
1. For proper reassembly alignment, lay valve 15. Reinstall brake assembly.
components on a clean, hard, flat surface. 16. Install floor plates and valve cover.
2. Thread tie rod nuts onto the short threaded end of
each of the individual tie rods with the nuts threaded
up the entire length of the threads.
3. Insert tie rods through tie rod holes of inlet housing,
lay inlet on end with tie rods pointing up and install
o-ring into groove. Special care must be taken to
ensure o-ring has been completely installed in
groove.
4. Place first spool section over inlet section with o-ring
Sensor
groove facing upward and install o-ring into groove.
5. Install load check poppet into load check cavity, nose
first.
6. Once load check poppet has been properly installed,
place load check spring in hollow cavity inside check
poppet.
Hydraulic Lift Pot

NOTE
The hydraulic lift pot is replaced as a complete unit with
the wiring harness.
Replacing Lift Pot

1. First, review Before You Begin on page 1-1.
the key switch.
procedure, disconnect the battery and block the
wheels.
4. Relieve pressure in the system by turning the
steering wheel two times to the left, then two times to
the right and move the joysticks in both directions.
5. Remove the floor plate to allow removal of the valve
cover.
6. Disconnect the lift pot from the main truck harness at
the Deutsch connector.
7. Remove the lift pot bracket from the end of valve.
8. Remove the two screws holding the lift pot from the
bracket.
9. Install new pot and reassemble the pot to the bracket.
10. Reassemble pot mount bracket to valve.
11. Reinstall valve on truck.
3-9
Hydraulic Fittings and Hoses NOTE

1. First, review Before You Begin on page 1-1. SAE fittings do not need a thread sealant. They are
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from straight thread and include an O-ring seal.
the key switch.
3. Perform a Lock Out/Tag Out procedure, disconnect
the battery and block the wheels.
4. Before disconnecting any hydraulic fittings or hose
assemblies, relieve the system pressure. This is
accomplished by turning the steering wheel a few
times in both directions, and moving the control
levers in both directions after the key switch is turned
OFF.
 WARNING
High pressure hydraulic oil leaks can pierce the
body and cause SEVERE injury to personnel.
Always reduce pressure before opening any
hydraulic pressure line
 CAUTION
Oil spills can cause falls. To avoid injury, make
sure all spills are cleaned well with oil dry/wipes.
Check Hydraulic Functions
5. Remove the hose coupling from the defective fitting. 1. Position the truck on a level, flat surface. Clear area
Use two wrenches; one wrench to loosen the hose around the truck.
coupling, and one to prevent the fitting from turning. 2. Turn the key switch to the ON position.
Be prepared to clean up any oil spillage. 3. Make sure your right foot is on the floor of the
6. Always tag the hoses and fittings for identification. If operator's compartment and prepared to brake.
necessary, keep notes and put markings on parts 4. Pull either joystick to see if hydraulics are working.
using a non-destructive marker. The pump must turn OFF immediately as you release
7. Remove the defective fitting and replace with a new the joystick.
fitting. Use two wrenches; one wrench to tighten the 5. If the pump keeps running, see "Hydraulic Control
hose coupling, and one to prevent the fitting from Valve Assembly" on page 3-7.
turning.
6. Visually check cylinders, valves, and hoses for leaks
or other signs of wear.
7. Check hydraulic fluid level.
3-10 F-528-0610 Edition

Steering Wheel Removal 1. Remove floor plates. See “Floor Plate Removal,”
page 2-17.
1. Pry the plastic cover from the steering wheel using
2. Remove the lower dash cover weldment. See
your finger tips. If you cannot grab the cover, you can
Figure 3-4.
start it by carefully using a medium sized flat blade
screw driver and gently prying upwards. DO NOT 3. Disconnect the plugs that connect the dash harness
force it or the cover may crack. to the main harness and any optional lighting
harnesses.
2. Loosen the steering wheel nut.
4. Relieve hydraulic pressure in the system by turning
3. Pry the steering wheel upwards by wiggling and
the steering wheel a few times to the left and right.
pulling straight up. It is important to pull up evenly on
both sides of the wheel. 5. Also pry (up) the bellows (rubber boot) free of the
bellows retainer plate. This exposes the mounting
NOTE plate for the steering column and the orbital control
unit.
If the wheel is difficult to remove, use an automotive-type
steering wheel puller. Avoid using hammers or pry bars.
IMPORTANT
4. Install the steering wheel by placing it over the shaft,
aligning the wheel and shaft splines and pushing Four screws secure the assembly to the orbital
downward evenly until the nut can be installed. steering mount bracket for stability. Once removed
the unit is supported by the hydraulic hoses only.
5. Tighten the nut.
6. Remove the four bolts and hardware securing the
orbital control unit to the steering column.
7. Remove the four bolts and hardware securing the
steering column console to the bellows retainer plate.
See Figure 3-4.
8. With help, lift the steering column upwards to
disengage the shaft from the orbital unit, then
remove the steer column from the truck.
9. When installing the new steer column, you must turn
the steering shaft until it aligns with the orbital unit
and drops into place.
10. Continue by reversing the preceding steps making
sure to tighten and torque all mounting screws. See
General Torque, Hydraulic Fitting Torque, and Bendi
AC Special Torque Tables in on page 1-17.
Steering
Knob
Remove Cover
to Expose Nut
Steering Column (Console) Removal

NOTE
This is a two man operation, due to weight of steering
column (approximately 30 pounds/14 kgs.). If an
Steering
overhead crane is available, the crane could be strapped Column
to the steering wheel for support. Assembly
Figure 3-4
3-11
Steering Orbital Control Unit

1. Remove floor plates. See “Floor Plate Removal,”
page 2-17.
2. Remove the lower dash cover weldment.
3. Relieve hydraulic pressure in the system by turning
the steering wheel a few times to the left and right.
4. Tag the port locations of each hydraulic line and
fitting, then disconnect the four lines from the unit.
5. Review section “Hydraulic Fittings and Hoses,” on
page 3-10.
NOTE
Immediately plug and cap all hose ends and tag each for
identification. Be prepared to clean up any oil spills.
6. If the unit is being replaced, or the fittings are
defective, notice the placement angle of the hose
fittings then remove them.
7. Install the new steering orbital control unit to the
steering column by following the preceding steps in
reverse order.
Check oil level in the hydraulic tank and fill as needed.
3-12 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 4
Electrical System
Steering Column/Dash Assembly 10. Connect the wire connector to the display and close
the steering column by reversing the steps outlined in
This procedure replaces the steering wheel, steering 4 through 8.
column, and components.
The console assembly includes the following and are

accessible by removing the right side steering
assembly cover (black) - ten (10) screws and
hardware:
• Auxiliary power rocker switch (fan, scanner, etc.)
• Headlights (rocker switch, where fitted)
• Standard/Ramp mode (Allows current to increase in
DISPLAY
the ramp mode)
• Tilt steering lever A
• Key switch
Remove the Display Panel

1. First, review Before You Begin page 1-1.
the key switch.
procedure and disconnect the battery. Make sure all
the wheels are securely blocked so that the truck
cannot move.
4. Remove the right side cover to expose the internal
components of the steering column by removing the
2 cover screws and hardware marked (B), See
Figure 4-1.
5. Remove the four large screws and hardware marked
(A), See Figure 4-1.
6. Remove the 2 cover screws and hardware marked
(B), See Figure 4-1. B
7. Remove the bellows (rubber boot) free of the
steering column cover. Steering
8. Reach inside the steering column and disconnect the Console
appropriate display wire connectors from the main
wire harness.
9. Install the new display by reversing the above steps.
Figure 4-1
06/2010 4-1
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Key Switch Rocker (On/Off) Switches

1. Remove the right side cover to expose the internal
components of the steering column as described on NOTE
page 4-1. Rocker switches are also used to control various light
2. Unscrew the knurled switch collar ring to separate packages and accessories.
the switch from the base plate. See Figure 4-2. 1. Repeat preceding section Key Switch removal.
3. Disconnect the wires from the switch terminals noting 2. Reach inside the steering column and disconnect the
how they are connected to ensure proper orientation appropriate accessory switch connector from the
when connecting the new switch. main wire harness.
4. Install the key switch by reversing the preceding 3. The accessory on/off rocker switches are held by
steps. plastic tabs. Compress the tabs on one side at a time
to release the switch body, then push up and lift out
of the slot. See Figure 4-3.
NOTE
Be careful when compressing and pushing the switch in
or out. The tabs could break off if the procedure is not
done carefully and evenly on all sides.
4. Detach the wires from the defective switch, noting the
connection arrangement for when installing the new
rocker switch.
5. Insert the replacement switch in the slot and
compress the tabs as needed to allow it to insert.
6. Connect the cable connector to the wire harness and
close the steering column by reversing the steps
outlined in the above section.
Figure 4-2
Figure 4-3
4-2 F-528-0610 Edition

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical Contactors Battery Safety
Before any maintenance or work is performed on Wear protective clothing when working around
the electrical system of the truck, perform a Lock batteries, including rubber aprons, gloves, boots, eye
Out/Tag Out procedure, disconnect the battery, goggles and face shields. Do not allow body to
raise the lift and put blocks on the underside of become in contact with battery electrolyte. If contact
the truck with electrolyte is made, wash affected areas
immediately. In case of contact with eyes, flush
immediately with clean water and get medical
Inspecting the Contacts attention. A baking soda solution (one pound baking
soda to one gallon of water) will neutralize electrolyte
NOTE acid spilled on clothing, the floor or most other
Contactors are set at the factory and should not require surfaces. Apply the solution until the bubbling stops
any adjustment. During the life of the contactor, they may and rinse with clean water.
become discolored, blacken or corroded. Cleaning or
maintenance is not necessary. Replacement is IMPORTANT
recommended instead of maintenance. If one contactor • If any repairs to the battery are needed, follow the
is due for replacement, it is recommended that they are instructions given by the battery manufacturer.
all replaced as a set. • Do not lay metallic items or tools on the battery.
Arcing or an explosion may result.
• Battery gas is explosive. Keep all flame and
Batteries - Care & Replacement arcing away from the battery.
• Keep the battery clean. Impurities can weaken
Battery Safety - Duplicate of Chapter 1. and eventually discharge the battery.

• Keep battery vent plugs firmly in place, except
WARNING when checking or charging the battery.
Forklift batteries give off explosive gasses during
use. Do not smoke, strike a welding arc, or create
any flame while using, working in the area or Checking Batteries
maintaining a forklift. Charge the forklift battery
in a designated area with adequate ventilation. NOTE
Batteries also contain sulfuric acid which can
severe skin and eye burns. Avoid sulfuric acid The electrolyte fluid level of the battery should be
contact to all parts of the body, including the checked after each charge of the battery. The optimum
eyes. In case of contact, flush immediately and level of the electrolyte should be about 1/2” (13 mm) over
thoroughly with clean water. If the eyes have been the top of the plates or just below the bottom the lowest
affected, get medical attention. part of the lip of the battery filler vent hole. If low, add
distilled water OR the solution recommended by the
battery manufacturer. Do not overfill.
IMPORTANT For increased battery life reference Battery Care
page 1-4 and check daily the specific gravity readings.
Keep all areas of the battery and the battery cables Since the water must be mixed with the electrolyte for an
clean. Dirt or corrosion in these areas can drain the accurate reading, do not check the gravity readings right
battery or cause erratic performance. Battery after adding water. Unless the electrolyte is below the top
corrosion can also cause a voltage drop to the level of the plates, do not add water right before the
electrical components on the lift. battery is scheduled to be charged. Normal full charged
specific gravity should be between 1.265 and 1.285.
4-3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
• Always assume the battery is emitting hydrogen • Make certain that the battery used meets weight and
and practice proper safety precautions. size requirements of the truck. NEVER operate the
• Do not smoke, use an open flame, or create arcs truck with an undersized battery. Reference data
or sparks near the battery. plate information for this information.
• Packaged with every battery are specific
instructions for battery safety, care and use, plus Charging the Battery
a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). Read these
documents thoroughly before servicing the NOTE
battery.
Charging time and requirements will vary with the battery
• Always disconnect the battery before performing size and condition. Whenever the truck needs to be
any kind of service. troubleshot, the battery must be fully charged.
• Do not lay objects on the battery as they may
cause a short circuit. Shorting battery terminals
can release enormous amounts of energy,
 CAUTION
causing electrical shock, sparks or flame, or • Never smoke or bring open flame to a
heating nearby components to dangerous charging or idle battery. Gas from a battery is
temperatures. highly explosive and can cause serious
• Truck batteries contain concentrated sulfuric injury.
acid which can cause severe chemical burns. • Avoid over filling as it will cause overflow
When adding water to the battery, wear rubber (flooding) of the electrolyte, resulting in loss
gloves, protective clothing and safety glasses or of electrolyte, battery tray corrosion, ground
full-face shield. Use a plastic container or an paths and loss of capacity or working ability.
automatic cell filler to prevent container • Connecting the charger cable to the truck
breakage. cable can cause damage to the forklift.
• Neutralize acid spills immediately with
Bicarbonate of Soda. If acid contacts the skin or
eyes, wash with water immediately and seek IMPORTANT
medical help at once. 1. Park the truck at the designated charge area with forks
• Use caution when changing battery connectors down and key OFF.
to ensure that correct polarity is maintained. 2. Make sure charger is in the OFF position. Connect battery
to the charger and certain cables are firmly connected.
• Keep vent plugs in place, fully tightened and
3. Turn the charger on and set the timer, if equipped. For an
clean at all times.
overnight fill, set charger to NORMAL.
• Be sure to replace and retighten any battery 4. View the charger gauge to be positive of charge.
restraints which have been installed on the truck. 5. You check and fill the batteries after charging.
Battery Care Removing the Battery From Charger

1. Make sure the charger is off and disconnect the
• Only charge the battery in the designated area.
charger cables from the battery with a straight pulling
• Make sure that the charger being used matches the motion. Store the charging cables appropriately.
voltage and amperage of the truck battery.
2. Check the battery for the appropriate electrolyte level
• Before connecting and disconnecting the battery and measure specific gravity, if needed.
charger to the battery, make sure the charger is OFF.
Connecting or disconnecting the charger when it is Cleaning the Battery
ON, could damage the charger or cause an arc.
When properly maintained, the battery will remain rela-
• Before charging, make sure the electrolyte covers the tively clean and dry. It may be necessary to clean the top
top of the battery plates. of the battery. Occasionally it may be necessary to
• Before connecting the battery cable to the truck’s remove excessive electrolyte. If this happens, remove
receptacle, make sure the key to the truck is off and the battery from the truck and clean with a solution of
that the controls are in the off position. baking soda and water. (one pound baking soda to 1 gal-
• Make sure the batter terminals and cables are lon of water) Rinse the battery off with water and allow to
cleaned of corrosion regularly. Clean battery air dry.
terminals are important not only to the operation of
the lift, but for proper battery charging.
4-4 F-528-0610 Edition

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Battery Removal Electrical Static Discharge
 CAUTION IMPORTANT
• Normal precautions concerning the handling of
Don’t allow metallic objects to be on top or near
electronic components are applicable in order to
the battery. A short could cause an electrical arc
minimize the risk of damage to these devices by
and personal injury may result. When moving the
ELECTRICAL STATIC DISCHARGE. Avoid contact
battery, keep the top of the battery covered with
with the pins of these devices and ensuring that
an insulator, such as a piece of plywood or tarp.
when they are removed from a printed circuit
board (PCB), the pins are strapped together with
Rollout Battery Removal - optional conductive tape. Immediately place the PCB in
static-free bubble wrap or ESD bag.
1. Remove the safety retainer bar, deactivating the
safety switch. • ESD smocks over normal clothing must be worn
to discharge high voltage potentials caused by
2. Position battery roll out stand next to the truck and
friction during normal wear.
align the stand with the path of the battery.
• Use a grounding wrist band to protect
3. Roll the battery onto the stand.
microprocessors and all electronic components
from static electricity and always touch a metal
Battery Installation surface (other than the truck) before touching a
1. Change and charge batteries in accordance with PCB. These precautions are especially necessary
ANSI/NFPA 505. with respect to microprocessor devices, found
on the hydraulic control PCB’s of this truck.
2. Check to be sure the key is off.
3. Open right hand door.
4. If using a rollout stand, position the battery stand
next to the truck. Align stand with battery Electrical Controls and Levers
compartment. Battery roller stand should be the
same height as the truck. Direction Control Lever
5. Push battery into the truck’s battery compartment or
lower if using a hoist. NOTE
6. Install battery retainer safety bar, or the truck will not The directional control lever (forward-neutral-reverse) is
operate. located on the battery cover. Each assembly is available
7. Connect the battery. as a complete unit.
Replacing Direction Control Lever

the key switch.
5. Raise the battery cover.
6. Remove the directional control lever wires from the
contact blocks on the main harness.
7. Replace in reverse order.
8. Test for proper operation.
4-5
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Check the Return-to-Neutral 8. Slowly push on the accelerator pedal. The truck
should move forward. If it does not move, Refer to
1. Sit in the driver’s seat, and turn the key switch ON. Programming Troubleshooting Chart and 1314
2. Set the direction control lever to FORWARD. Monitoring Function starting at page 5-1.
3. Slowly move the truck forward, then slowly lift 9. Repeat preceding Steps 1 through 6, but instead of
yourself off the seat, the truck should come to a stop. turning the key switch OFF in Step 4, lift yourself from
4. Turn the key switch OFF, then back on again. the driver’s seat for 5 seconds to allow the switch
interlock to release. The truck must react as stated in
5. Press on the accelerator pedal.
Steps 4 through 8.
6. The truck must not move.
7. If the truck does not move, take your foot off the
accelerator pedal. Place the directional control lever
in NEUTRAL then back to FORWARD again.
Replacing a Complete Control Panel 8. Reassemble in reverse order. All cables installed on
the motor controllers must use Landoll approved
1. First, review “Before You Begin,” page 1-1. fasteners. Refer to the Bendi AC Parts Manual for
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from replacement parts, F-523.
the key switch. 9. Tighten cables connected to the high current
3. Apply the parking brake, perform a Lock Out/Tag Out terminals, identified on the controller housing as B+,
procedure and disconnect the battery. B-, U, V and W to 90 +/- 1- in-lbs (10.2 +/- 1.1 Nm).
4. Make sure all the other wheels are securely blocked See Figure 4-4., for high current cables.
5. Remove the rear control compartment cover. NOTE
6. Mark and remove all cables connected to high After replacing the controller it must be reprogrammed.
current terminals of the panel and disconnect the See Chapter 5 “Calibration and Programming”.
main harness. See Figure 4-5.
7. Remove mounting hardware that secures the
assembly to the truck and remove the panel or single
component from the truck.
4-6 F-528-0610 Edition

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Figure 4-4
HIGH CURRENT CONNECTIONS U = Motor phase U.

DEFINITION: V = Motor phase V.
B+ = Positive Battery to Controller. W = Motor phase W.
B- = Negative Battery to COntroller.
Figure 4-5
4-7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
8. Before placing the truck back into operation, test it to

be sure the switch functions properly.
Horn Service
Check Driver’s Seat Switch
NOTE This procedure checks the physical mechanics
The horn button is located to the right of the direction (actuation) of the driver’s seat switch only. The switch is
control lever. part of the seat.
1. Start the truck and release the parking brake.
Removing the horn
2. The seat switch and actuator are internal to the seat
1. Turn the key switch OFF, remove the key, perform
cushion, located on the under side of the seat
Lock Out/Tag Out procedure and disconnect battery.
cushion between the cushion and the bottom plate.
2. Remove front rotation cover plate.
3. Set the direction control lever in either FORWARD or
3. Disconnect the electrical wires. REVERSE and slowly apply acceleration. As the
4. Remove the hex screws and hardware to separate truck begins to slowly move in either direction, lift
the horn from the frame. yourself from the driver’s seat just enough to release
5. Install the new horn by reversing the preceding steps. the switch in the seat cushion.
6. Connect the battery and test the horn. 4. The truck will not come to an immediate stop. You
should lose forward direction (or reverse). The truck
will coast unless you use you brakes.
5. If the truck continues, see “Seat Switch,” previously
on this page or refer to Troubleshooting the Controller
- Chapter 5.
Seat Assembly
Seat Switch
DRIVER’S SEAT
The driver's seat micro switch and cable assembly are (VINYL OR
mounted to the bottom of the seat cushion. See CLOTH)
Figure 4-6. HIP
RESTRAINT
Replacing the Switch and Cable
SEAT CUSHION
1. First, review Before You Begin page 1-1. WEIGHT ADJUST
2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from KNOB
the key switch.
procedure, disconnect the battery and block all
wheels. SLIDE
RAILS LIMIT SWITCH
4. Remove the hardware securing the front portion of AND CABLE
the seat slide rails to the cover. Then loosen the back
two sets of hardware.
5. Raise the front of the seat up to expose the switch
and cable mounting. Figure 4-6
6. Have a helper disconnect the switch cable from the
main harness, then unscrew the switch assembly.
7. Install the new switch and cable by performing the
preceding steps in reverse order.
4-8 F-528-0610 Edition

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Truck Lighting
Trucks equipped with optional lighting, flashing or spot Overhead Guard, Lighting and Alarms
lights may contain replaceable bulbs or the housing may Trucks equipped with optional LED flood / headlights, tail
be replaced as a whole. Lighting replacement varies and stop lights, flashing or spot lights (strobe lights), etc.
according to the manufacturer. do not contain replaceable bulbs. Bulb replacement must
be done as a complete assembly.
Headlights
These lights have non-replaceable elements and are
replaced as an entire unit.
Brake and Tail Lights

the key switch.
4. Apply the parking brake and disconnect the battery.
5. The complete LED light assembly must be replaced
to repair a faulty light assembly.
6. Pull off the complete LED light assembly. Exercise
care to avoid breaking the LED assembly.
7. Disconnect the wire connector and remove the
bracket that is attached to the overhead guard.
8. If shielding or guard covers are involved, make
certain that the guard is replaced after the repair.
Reassemble in reverse order.
Back Up Alarms
the key switch.
4. Apply the parking brake and disconnect the battery.
5. To access the alarm assembly, raise the seat base as Figure 4-7
it is located under the arm rest.
6. To replace the alarm assembly, disconnect the wire
connector and remove the mounting hardware
holding the alarm to the mounting bracket.
4-9
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Side Shift Circuit Maintenance

The following information is provided for authorized ser-
 CAUTION
vice facilities ONLY. • Before you remove any hoses or tubes,
Perform maintenance on the side shift circuit as required relieve hydraulic system pressure. With the
by the Hourly Checklists. truck off, open the truck auxiliary control
valve(s) several times in both directions.
Check Side Shift circuit performance • Check for hydraulic fluid leaks using a piece
of cardboard or wood.
1. Side shift completely to the left and hold the control • Do not use your bare hands.
handle in this position for 5 seconds. Check for
external leaks at the cylinder, fittings, and hoses. • Remember to wear safety glasses.
Side shift completely to the right and hold the control
handle in this position for 5 seconds. Check for external
leaks at the cylinder, fittings, and hoses.  DANGER
Hydraulic oil can be under very high pressure. A
pinhole leak is not easily seen and if it pierces
your skin, can cause injury and possible death.
Check the hydraulic system pressure at the control valve

fitting. System pressure must not exceed 3000 psi (206
bar).
Fuses and Controller fuses. Exact size and amperage rating

must but be retained when replacing.
Shown above are the location of the Bendi AC System
4-10 F-528-0610 Edition

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ESD Strap
Shown to the right is the ESD Strap which will be
installed just behind the front steering assembly. This
device will drain all static electricity build up that may
occur on the Bendi AC forklift.
4-11
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
4-12 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 5
Bendi AC Calibration and Programming
Controller Theory of Operation

The Bendi AC truck uses Curtis controllers that convert
DC battery power to 3-phase AC power by precisely
contorlling the induction drive for high bandwidth,
efficiency and low ripple torque generation. The Dual
Drive feature of Curtis controllers allow two controllers to
work in vehicles with dual fixed axle drive motors, a
steered wheel or axxle, and an analog steer-angle
sensor. The two controllers should be the same size and
model. Different models of controllers cannot be mixed.
The pair of controllers control motor speed on the inner
and outer wheels during turns, as well as vehicle speed
and acceleration while turning. Current is automatically
balanced between the two traction motors when driving 1 2 3
straight, and a limted operating strategy (LOS) allows The following parameters can be adjusted through
limp-home in case of a steer angle sensor or single motor the dash display:
or controller failure.
• Maintenance Monitor - Used to set the hour meter
The Display is shown on this page for reference: value at which the operator will be alerted that
Button #1 “Enter Key” - Used to Enter the Calibration service is required, NXT SVC DUE. When the
Mode and to make selections after they are located. truck meets or exceeds the value entered in this
Display directions: section, “SERVICE DUE” will be shown on the
display. If this feature is not desired, set the value
You must hold the enter button down until the change has
to the factory default of 99900 hrs. Use the
been accepted.
Up/Down arrows to manipulate the values by the
Button #2 “Up Key” - Used to move “Up” through the hundreds.
selections.
• Steer Potentiometer(POT) Setup - Used to
Button #3 “Down Key” - Used to move “Down” through calibrate the steering position potentiometer.
the selections.
• Accelerator Potentiometer(POT) Setup - Used to
calibrate the accelerator potentiometer.
• Lift Potentiometer(POT) Setup - Used to calibrate
the lift potentiometer.
• Brake Potentiometer(POT) Setup - Used to
calibrate the brake potentiometer.
• Lift Lockout Setup - This parameter allows for
adjustment of the battery capacity percentage
where lift lockout is initiated.
IMPORTANT
When replacing the steering, brake, acceleration or
lift potentiometer maintenance has been performed,
re-calibration of the Bendi AC is required.
06/2010 5-1
BENDI AC CALIBRATION AND PROGRAMMING
Truck calibration is performed by activating the key • BRAKE PEDAL ZERO - Ensure the brake pedal is in
switch and performing the following procedure: the up position and press ENTER.
Follow flow chart, See Figure 5-1. • BRAKE PEDAL FULL - Press the brake pedal to the
1. At the Main Screen, press and hold the ENTER floor and press ENTER. Monitor the brake pot
button for approximately 5 seconds. This will open voltage on the screen; ensure this value is changing
the main menu. “TRUCK SETUP”. with movement of the pedal between .1VDC and
2. An “Asterisk” will show your selection - Use the 5.1VDC. This completes the BRAKE POT SETUP.
Up/Down arrows to move to the next selection. 11. LIFT/LOCKOUT SETUP: Select LIFT LOCKOUT
Hold down ENTER to select. from the truck setup menu and press enter. Press
3. Truck Setup now will display the password screen. ENTER again to begin editing.
4. To enter the password, use the Up/Down arrows to 12. Use the Up/Down arrows to manipulate the value to
manipulate the value to the desired digit and press the desired percentage and press enter to store the
ENTER. Repeat this process for each digit. After new value. This completes the LIFT/LOCKOUT.
entering the correct password, the truck setup menu
will be displayed. Main Menu
Note: The default password is: 4 2 3 1. * TRUCK SETUP
LCD CONTRAST
5. If use of Maintenance Monitor is desired, navigate to
“MAINT MONITOR” selection and adjust the Service EXIT
Due Hour Meter value as you require.
* PASSWORD ****
6. When (*) is to the right of “Steer Pot Setup”, press EXIT
ENTER. “Password Ok”
7. STEER POT SETUP: Hold down ENTER, which will * LCD CONTRAST
display the Steer Pot menu. ADJUST CONTRAST
EXIT
• The astericks moves to the right indicating your
selection. (The location of (*) defines current stage of
calibration) * MAINT. MONITOR
• Steer truck fully left and press ENTER. Turn Steer to STEER POT SETUP
straight selection and hit ENTER. Steer the truck to ACCEL POT SETUP
LIFT POT SETUP
the right position & press ENTER. BRAKE POT SETUP
• This completes the STEER POT SETUP. LIFT LOCKOUT SETUP
EXIT
8. ACCEL POT SETUP: Navigate to ACCEL POT
SETUP on the main menu and press enter. Press VEHICLE HRS *
NXT SVC DUE Maint. Monitor
ENTER again to begin calibration. EXIT Sub-Menu
• ACCEL ZERO calibration - Ensure the foot pedal is in
STEER FULL LEFT *
the up position and press ENTER. STEER CENTER
Steer Pot Setup
• ACCEL FULL - Press the pedal to the floor and press STEER FULL RIGHT
Sub-Menu
STEER POT= VDC
ENTER. Monitor the accelerator pot voltage on the
EXIT
screen; ensure this value is changing with movement
of the pedal between .1VDC and 5.2VDC. This ACCELERATOR ZERO *
ACCELERATOR FULL Accel Pot Setup
completes the ACCELERATOR POT SETUP. ACCEL. POT= VDC Sub-Menu
9. LIFT POT SETUP: Select LIFT POT SETUP from the EXIT
truck setup menu and press ENTER. Press ENTER LIFT LEVER ZERO *
again to begin calibration. LIFT LEVER FULL Lift Pot Setup
LIFT POT= VDC Sub-Menu
• LIFT LEVER ZERO - Ensure the lift lever is in the EXIT
neutral position and press ENTER.
BRAKE PEDAL ZERO *
• LIFT LEVER FULL - Pull the lift lever back completely BRAKE PEDAL FULL Brake Pot Setup
and press ENTER. Monitor the lift pot voltage on the BRAKE POT= VDC Sub-Menu
screen; ensure this value is changing with movement EXIT
of the lever between .1VDC & 5.2V. LIFT LOCKOUT % *
10. BRAKE POT SETUP: Select BRAKE POT SETUP EXIT
from the truck setup menu and press ENTER. Press Figure 5-1
ENTER again to begin calibration.
5-2 F-528-0610 Edition

USB to Serial Port Adaptor Cable

Depending on the configuration of your laptop, an
1314 Bendi AC Controller interface cable may be needed for the software transfer
between the laptop and the Bendi controllers. A 9-pin
Software Program Installation Serial to USB port adapter is needed.
and Operation Note: The Belkin F5U509 is a recommended model,
although other suppliers of this type of adapter are
available at many computer cable suppliers. Refer to
The 1314 Controller Software is used to manipulate, picture shown in the previous column.
monitor and diagnose the Bendi AC Forklift performance
If your laptop is equipped with a serial port you may
and functions.
connect the Bendi controller directly to your laptop with
The following sections will guide you through the the supplied 1309 Curtis interface cable shown below.
installation of the 1314 Controller Programming Station
and explain the software program functionality.
Shown below is a Serial to USB adaptor cable connected

to the Curtis 1309 interface cable to be connected
between the forklift controller and your laptop computer.
Reference page 4-7 for truck cable connectors locations.
5-3
1314 Installation Procedure Follow the below installation instructions:
5-4 F-528-0610 Edition

1314 Update Procedure

NOTE
This must be completed before using the software,
on every installation of the software.
5-5
Communicating with Bendi AC

Controllers
5-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Additional 1314 Controller Features
IMPORTANT
After successfully re-flashing a controller, make sure
to clear the fault history of all comments.
5-7
Controller Fault History

The 1314 programmer can be used to access the
controller’s fault history file. The programmer will read out
all the faults the controller has experienced since the last
time the fault history file was cleared. Faults such as
contactor faults may be the result of loose wires;
contactor wiring should be carefully checked. Faults such
as over temperature may be caused by operator habits or
by overloading. After a problem has been diagnosed and
corrected, it is a good idea to clear the fault history file.
This allows the controller to accumulate a new file of
faults. By checking the new fault history file at a later date
you can readily determine whether the problem was
indeed fixed.
You may now begin to manipulate, monitor and diagnose

the forklift performance and functionality.
Follow the below instructions to “Connect”, check
software “Revision Levels, change required forklift
“Settings” and “Monitor” functionality.
5-8 F-528-0610 Edition

IMPORTANT
Contact Landoll for Current
Revision.
After successfully connecting to the controller proceed

through the below instructed menu’s and sub-menu’s to
review all parameters.
5-9
5-10 F-528-0610 Edition

Intentionally left blank for service technician notes.
5-11
5-12 F-528-0610 Edition

5-13
5-14 F-528-0610 Edition

5-15
Full Accel Rate HS: Above - The

rate of which speed command
increases when full throttle is
applied at high speeds.
5-16 F-528-0610 Edition

Full Accel Rate LS: Below - The rate of speed

command increases when full throttle is applied at low
speeds.
5-17
Low Accel Rate: Above - Sets the rate at which the Neutral Decel Rate HS: Below - Sets the rate that slows
speed command increases when a small amount of down the vehicle when the throttle is released to neutral
throttle is applied. Typically adjusts low speed control. at high vehicle speeds.
5-18 F-528-0610 Edition

Neutral Decel Rate LS: Above - Sets the rate that slows Full Brake Rate HS: Below - Sets the rate at which the
down the vehicle when the throttle is released to neutral vehicle slows down from high speeds when full brake is
at slow vehicle speeds. applied or when full throttle is applied in the opposite
direction.
5-19
Full Brake Rate LS: Above - Sets the rate at which the Low Brake Rate: Below - Sets the rate at which the
vehicle slows down from slow speeds when full brake is vehicle slows down at all speeds when a small amount of
applied or when full throttle is applied in the opposite brake is applied or a small amount of throttle is applied in
direction. the opposite direction.
5-20 F-528-0610 Edition

Partial Decel Rate: Above - Sets the rate that is used to HS (High Speed): Below - Sets the percentage of the
slow down the vehicle when the throttle is reduced with Typical Max Speed above which parameters will be used.
out being released to neutral.
5-21
LS (Low Speed): Above - Sets the percentage of the Reversal Soften: Below - Larger values create a softer
Typical Max Speed below which the "LS" parameters will reversal from regen braking to drive when near zero
be used. speed.
5-22 F-528-0610 Edition

Max Speed Accel: Above - This parameter controls the Max Speed Decel: Below - This parameter controls the
rate at which the maximum speed setpoint is allowed to rate at which the maximum speed set point is allowed to
change when the value of Max Speed is raised. change when the value of Max Speed is lowered.
5-23
5-24 F-528-0610 Edition

5-25
5-26 F-528-0610 Edition

5-27
5-28 F-528-0610 Edition

5-29
5-30 F-528-0610 Edition

“Landoll” Parameter Details:

“LIft Cutout Flag” “on” when in Lift Lock Out.
“Steer PumpSpeed Flag” “on” when in forward or
reverse AND driver is on the seat.
“Seat Swith” “on” when operator is on seat.
“Battery Roll Out Switch” - Optional Feature - check to
see if jumper is in place on battery roll out connector.
“Mode Switch” in Turtle mode is “off” and in Rabbit
mode is “on”
“Throttle Pedal Switch” - safety switch on accelerator
that disables/enables throttle command.
“Forward Switch” is “on” when in Forward.
“Reverse Switch” is “on” when in Reverse.
“Main Cont Driver PWM” - 100% setting to pull in
contactor and 80% to hold contactor.
“Motor Temp Sensor Analog” - Linear Thermocouple
reading.
5-31
5-32 F-528-0610 Edition

5-33
IMPORTANT
After successfully reflashing a controller, make sure
to clear the fault history of all comments.
5-34 F-528-0610 Edition

Explanation of controller parameters are shown below in Landoll_TM_S Parameters

the following tables. Slave parameters are not adjustable.
DESCRIPTION Unit Value Min Max Text Description

Landoll Traction
HPD Sequencing Delay Sec 2 0 5 Sets amount of time an operator can be off seat
before SRO enables.
Steer Cont PWM % 100 0 100 Sets the voltage to the steer contactor.
Steering Off Delay Sec 10 0 30 Time that the pump continues to run after operator
leaves seat.
Lift Lockout Level % 0 0 99 Determines battery percentage before LOS
engages.
Multimode Functions
Rabbit Fwd Max Speed % 100 0 100 Sets maximum speed of vehicle in rabbit mode.
Turtle Fwd Max Speed % 15 0 100 Sets maximum speed of vehicle in turtle mode.
Rabbit Rev Max Speed % 90 0 100 Sets maximum speed of vehicle in rabbit mode.
Turtle Rev Max Speed % 15 0 100 Sets maximum speed of vehicle in turtle mode.
HourMeter
Set Total HM 0 0 1 Set to 1 to write 10s of hours and remaining hours in
minutes to controllers.
10s of Hours 0 0 20000 Sets 10s of hours. (I.E. 90=900 hours)
Remaining HRs in min. 0 0 600 Sets remaining hours in minutes. (I.E. 60=1hour)
Maintenance Due
Next Service Due When hour meter = next service due, maintenance
due will be displayed on dash.
Speed Mode
Response
Sec 0.1 3.0 30.0 Sets the rate at which the speed command
Full Accel Rate HS increases when full throttle is applied at high vehicle
speeds. Larger values represent slower response.
Full Accel Rate LS increases when full throttle is applied at low vehicle
speeds. Larger values represent slower response.
Low Accel Rate increases when a small amount of throttle is applied.
Typically adjusted to affect low speed control.
Sec 0.1 7.0 30.0 Sets the rate slows down the vehicle when the
Neutral Decel LS throttle is released to neutral at high vehicle speeds.
Larger values represent slower response.
Sec 0.1 2.5 30.0 Sets the rate that slows down the vehicle when the
Neutral Decel Rate HS throttle is released to neutral at slow vehicle speeds.
Larger values represent slower response.
Sec 0.1 1.0 30.0 Sets the rate at which the vehicle slows down from
high speeds when full brake is applied or when full
Full Brake Rate HS
throttle is applied in the opposite direction. Larger
values represent slower response.
Sec 0.1 2.5 30.0 Sets the rate at which the vehicle slows down from
low speeds when full brake is applied or when full
Full Brake Rate LS
throttle is applied in the opposite direction. Larger
values represent slower response.
Sec 0.1 6.0 30.0 Sets the rate at which the vehicle slows down at all
speeds when a small amount of brake is applied or a
small amount of throttle is applied in the opposite
Low break Rate
direction. Larger values gives a slower response
5-35

Fine Tuning
Sec 0.1 30.0 30.0 Sets the rate that is used to slow down the vehicle
Partial Decel Rate when the throttle is reduced without being released
to neutral. Larger values represent slower response.
Sec 0 70 100 Sets the percentage of the Typical Max Speed
HS (High Speed)
above which parameters will be used.
Sec 0 30 100 Sets the percentage of the Typical Max Speed below
LS (Low Speed)
which the “LS” parameters will be used.
Sec 0 20 100 Larger values create a softer reversal from regen
braking to drive when near zero speed. This helps
Reversal Soften
soften the transition when the regen and drive
current limits are set to different values.
Sec .1 1.0 30.0 In some applications, the Max Speed value is
changed frequently through VCL or over the CAN
bus. The Max Speed Accel parameter controls the
rate at which the maximum speed setpoint is
allowed to change when the value of Max Speed is
raised. The rate set by this parameter is the time to
Max Speed Accel
ramp from 0 rpm to Typical Max Speed rpm. For
example, suppose Max Speed is raised from 1000
rpm to 4000 rpm. If Typical Max Speed is 5000 rpm,
and the rate is 10.0 seconds, it will take 10.0 *
(4000–1000) / 5000 = 6.0 seconds to ramp from
1000 rpm to 4000 rpm.
Sec 0.1 10 30 This parameter works like the Max Speed Accel
parameter, except that it controls the rate at which
the maximum speed setpoint is allowed to change
when the value of Max Speed is lowered. For
Max Speed Decel example, suppose you change Max Speed from
4500 rpm to 2500 rpm. If Typical Max Speed is 5000
rpm, and the rate is 5.0 seconds, it will take 5.0
(4500–2500) / 5000 = 2.0 seconds to ramp from
4500 rpm to 2500 rpm.
Throttle
Forward Deadband Volt Auto set 0 5 Defines the wiper voltage at the throttle deadband
during threshold. Increasing the throttle deadband setting
calibrati will increase the neutral range. This parameter is
on. especially useful with throttle assemblies that do not
reliably return to a well-defined neutral point,
because it allows the deadband to be defined wide
enough to ensure that the controller goes into
neutral when the throttle mechanism is released.
Forward Max Volt Auto set 0 5 Defines the wiper voltage required to produce 100%
during controller output. Decreasing the throttle max
calibrati setting reduces the wiper voltage and therefore the
on. full stroke necessary to produce full controller
output. This parameter allows reduced-range throttle
assemblies to be accommodated.
Reverse Deadband Volt 10 2 125 The four Throttle Reverse parameters are the same
as their Throttle Forward counterparts, and apply
when the throttle direction is reversed.
Reverse Max Volt 3 0 5 Same as above.
Brake
Brake Deadband ms 48 40 2000 The four Brake throttle adjustment parameters are
the same as their Drive throttle counterparts
Brake Max ms 200 0 800 Same as above.
Battery
5-36 F-528-0610 Edition


Reset Volts Per Cell Volt 2.09 0.9 3 The value of this parameter is a percentage of the
Nominal Voltage setting. The User Undervoltage
parameter can be used to adjust the undervoltage
threshold, which is the voltage at which the
controller will cut back drive current to prevent
damage to the electrical system. Typically this
parameter is changed only when the controller is
being used in an application at the high end of the
controller’s range: such as a 24–36V controller
being used in a system with a 36V battery pack. In
this case, the undervoltage threshold can be
lowered by setting the User Undervoltage to a lower
value. The undervoltage threshold can never be
lowered below the controller’s power base minimum
voltage rating.
Full Volts Per Cell Volt 2.04 0.9 3 The reset voltage level is checked only once, when
KSI is first turned on. Note that the BDI Reset
Percent parameter also influences the algorithm that
determines whether BDI Percentage is reset to
100%. Reset Volts Per Cell should always be set
higher than Full Volts Per Cell. Reset Voltage Level
= Reset Volts Per Cell × number of cells in the
battery pack
Empty Volts Per Cell Volt 1.71 0.9 3 The full voltage level sets the Keyswitch Voltage that
is considered to be 100% state-of-charge; when a
loaded battery drops below this voltage, it begins to
lose charge. Keyswitch Voltage is viewable in the
1311 menu Monitor » Battery. Full Voltage Level =
Full Volts Per Cell × number of cells in the battery
pack.
Discharge Time Min 60 0 600 Sets the minimum time for the BDI algorithm to
count down the BDI Percentage from 100% to 0%.
The BDI algorithm integrates the time the filtered
keyswitch voltage is below the state of charge
voltage level. When that cumulative time exceeds
the Discharge Time / 100, the BDI Percentage is
decremented by one percentage point and a new
state of charge voltage level is calculated. State of
Charge Level = ((Full Voltage Level - Empty Voltage
Level) × BDI Percentage / 100) + Empty Voltage
Level.
5-37

BDI Reset Percent % 75 0 100 When a battery has a high BDI percentage, its float
voltage at KSI On can sometimes cause false
resets. The BDI Reset Percent parameter addresses
this problem by allowing the user to define a BDI
Percentage value above which the BDI Percentage
variable will not reset. When KSI is first powered on,
the BDI Percentage variable will reset to 100% only
if ((Keyswitch Voltage > Reset Voltage Level) and
(BDI Percentage < BDI Reset Percent)).
Dual Drive
Master
Steer Pot Min Volt 1.12 0 5 Set Steer Pot Min to the voltage on the steering pot
when steering as far as possible clockwise.
Determine the value by reading the voltage on the
pot when steering CW to the maximum position.
Steer Pot Zero Volt Set Steer Pot Zero to the voltage on the steering pot
when steering straight ahead. Determine the value
by reading the voltage on the pot when steering
straight.
Steer Pot Max Volt 4.77 0 5 Set Steer Pot Max to the voltage on the steering pot
when steering as far as possible counterclockwise.
Determine the value by reading the voltage on the
pot when steering CCW to the maximum position.
Landoll_P_S Parameters
Landoll Pump
Pump Speeds
Max Total Speed rpm 2600 1000 5000 Max Pump motor RPM
Sideshift Speed rpm 900 0 5000 Sideshift maximum motor RPM
Tilt Speed rpm 900 0 5000 Tilt maximum motor RPM
Lift Speed rpm See p. 0 5000 Lift maximum motor RPM
5-38.
Steer Speed rpm 850 0 5000 Steer maximum motor RPM
Seat Hydraulics Enable 0 0 1 When off, hydraulics can be operated without
operator on seat.
On: Can be operated regardless of seat switch.
Throttle
Lift Deadband Volt 2.72 0 5 Defines the wiper voltage at the throttle deadband
threshold. Increasing the throttle deadband setting
will increase the neutral range. This parameter is
especially useful with throttle assemblies that do not
reliably return to a well-defined neutral point,
because it allows the deadband to be defined wide
enough to ensure that the controller goes into
neutral when the throttle mechanism is released.
Lift Max Volt 3.8 0 5 Defines the wiper voltage required to produce 100%
controller output. Decreasing the throttle max
setting reduces the wiper voltage and therefore the
full stroke necessary to produce full controller
output. This parameter allows reduced-range
throttle assemblies to be accommodated.
5-38 F-528-0610 Edition

CURTIS CONTROLLER TYPES OF LED DISPLAY
TROUBLESHOOTING DISPLAY STATUS

Neither LED Controller is not powered on; or vehicle
illuminated has dead battery; or severe damage.
IMPORTANT
Yellow LED flashing Controller is operating normally.
The following troubleshooting chart provides
Yellow and red Controller is in Flash program mode.
information on the Curtis controller faults: LED’s both on solid
• • Fault code Red LED on solid Watchdog failure or no software
• • Fault name displayed on the dash display. loaded. Cycle KSI to restart, and if
necessary load software.
• • The effect of the fault
Red LED and yellow Controller has detected a fault. 2-digit
• • Possible causes of the fault LED flashing code flashed by yellow LED identifies
• • Fault set conditions alternately the specific fault; one or two flashes by
red LED indicate whether first or
• • Fault clear conditions second code digit will follow.
NOTE (For illustration, see photo below or on page 4-7 for

Whenever a fault is encountered and no wiring or vehicle the left, pump and right controllers, the interconnect
fault can be found, shut off KSI and turn it back on to see cables and the LED lights.)
if the fault clears. If it does not, shut off Key Switch
Interrupt (KSI) and remove the 35-pin connector. Check
the connector for corrosion, damage or unseated
terminals. If necessary, clean the pins and and re-insert
them.
5-39
PROGRAM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
C
O
D PROGRAMMER LCD
E DISPLAY T P POSSIBLE CAUSE SET/CLEAR CONDITIONS
12 Controller Overcurrent X X 1. External short of phase U,V, or W motor Set: Phase current exceeded the
ShutdownMotor; connections. current measurement limit.
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. Motor parameters are mis-tuned. Clear: Cycle KSI.
ShutdownEMBrake; 3. Controller defective.
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.
13 Current Sensor Fault X X 1. Leakage to vehicle frame from phase U, Set: Controller current sensors have
ShutdownMotor; V, or W (short in motor stator). invalid offset reading.
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. Controller defective. Clear: Cycle KSI.
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.
14 Precharge Failed X X 1. See Monitor menu » Battery: Capacitor Set: Precharge failed to charge the
ShutdownMotor; Voltage. capacitor bank to the KSI voltage.
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. External load on capacitor bank (B+ Clear: Cycle Interlock input or use VCL
ShutdownEMBrake; connection terminal) that prevents the function Precharge().
ShutdownThrottle; capacitor bank from charging.
Full Brake;
ShutdownPump.
15 Controller Severe X X 1. See Monitor menu » Controller: Set: Heatsink temperature below
Undertemp ShutdownMotor; Temperature. -40°C.
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. Controller is operating in an extreme Clear: Bring heatsink temperature
ShutdownEMBrake; environment. above -40°C, and cycle interlock or
ShutdownThrottle; KSI.
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.
16 Controller Severe Overtemp X X 1. See Monitor menu » Controller: Set: Heatsink temperature above
ShutdownMotor; Temperature. +95°C.
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. Controller is operating in an extreme Clear: Bring heatsink temperature
ShutdownEMBrake; environment. below +95°C, and cycle interlock or
ShutdownThrottle; 3. Excessive load on vehicle. KSI.
FullBrake; 4. Improper mounting of controller.
ShutdownPump.
17 Severe Undervoltage X X 1. Battery Menu parameters are Set: Capacitor bank voltage dropped
Reduced drive torque. misadjusted. 2. Non-controller system drain below the Severe Undervoltage limit
on battery. (see page 55) with FET bridge
3. Battery resistance too high. enabled.
4. Battery disconnected while driving. Clear: Bring capacitor voltage above
5. See Monitor menu » Battery: Capacitor Severe Undervoltage limit.
Voltage.
6. Blown B+ fuse or main contactor did not
close.
18 Severe Overvoltage X X 1. See Monitor menu » Battery: Capacitor Set: Capacitor bank voltage exceeded
ShutdownMotor; Voltage. the Severe Overvoltage limit (see page
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. Battery menu parameters are 55) with FET bridge enabled.
ShutdownEMBrake; misadjusted. Clear: Bring capacitor voltage below
ShutdownThrottle; 3. Battery resistance too high for given Severe Overvoltage limit, and then
FullBrake; regen current. cycle KSI.
ShutdownPump. 4. Battery disconnected while regen
braking.
5-40 F-528-0610 Edition

C
O
D PROGRAMMER LCD
22 Controller Overtemp X X 1. See Monitor menu » Controller: Set: Heat sink temperature exceeded
Cutback Temperature. 85°C.
Reduced drive and brake 2. Controller is performance-limited at this Clear: Bring heat sink temperature
torque. temperature. 3. Controller is operating in an below 85°C.
extreme setting.
4. Excessive load on vehicle.
5. Improper mounting of controller
23 Undervoltage Cutback X X 1. Normal operation. Fault shows that the Set: Capacitor bank voltage dropped
Reduced drive torque. batteries need recharging. Controller is below the Undervoltage limit (see page
performance limited at this voltage. 2. 55) with the FET bridge enabled.
Battery parameters are misadjusted. 3. Clear: Bring capacitor voltage above
Non-controller system drain on battery. 4. the undervoltage limit.
Battery resistance too high. 5. Battery
disconnected while driving. 6. See Monitor
menu » Battery: Capacitor Voltage. 7.
Blown B+ fuse or main contactor did not
close.
24 Overvoltage Cutback X X 1. Normal operation. Fault shows that regen Set: Capacitor bank voltage exceeded
Reduced brake torque. braking currents elevated the battery the Overvoltage limit (see page 55)
voltage during regen braking. Controller is with the FET bridge enabled.
performance limited at this voltage. Clear: Bring capacitor voltage below
2. Battery parameters are misadjusted. 3. the
Battery resistance too high for given regen Overvoltage limit.
current.
4. Battery disconnected while regen
braking. 5. See Monitor menu » Battery:
Capacitor Voltage.
25 +5V Supply Failure X X 1. External load impedance on the +5V Set: +5V supply (pin 26) outside the
None, unless a fault action is supply (pin 26) is too low. +5V±10% range.
programmed in VCL. 2. See Monitor menu » outputs: 5 Volts and Clear: Bring voltage within range.
Ext Supply Current.
28 Motor Temp Hot Cutback X X 1. Motor temperature is at or above the Set: Motor temperature is at or above
Reduced drive torque. programmed Temperature Hot setting, and the Temperature Hot parameter setting.
the requested current is being cut back. 2.
Motor Temp Control Menu parameters are Clear: Bring the motor temperature
mis-tuned. 3. See Monitor menu » Motor: within range.
Temperature and » Inputs: Analog2. 4. If the
application doesn’t use a motor thermistor,
Temp Compensation and Temp Cutback
should be programmed Off.
29 Motor Temp Sensor Fault X X 1. Motor thermistor is not connected Set: Motor thermistor input (pin 8) is at
MaxSpeed reduced (LOS, properly. 2. If the application doesn’t use a the voltage rail (0 or 10V).
Limited Operating Strategy), motor and motor thermistor, Motor Temp Clear: Bring the motor thermistor input
and motor temperature Sensor Enable should be programmed Off. voltage within range.
cutback disabled. 3. See Monitor menu » Motor: Temperature
and » Inputs: Analog2.
31 Coil1 Driver Open/Short X X 1. Open or short on driver load. Set: Main contactor driver (pin 6) is
ShutdownDriver1. 2. Dirty connector pins. either open or shorted. This fault can
3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring. be set only when Main Enable = Off.
Clear: Correct open or short, and cycle
driver.
5-41
C
O
D PROGRAMMER LCD
36 Encoder Fault X X 1. MotorCoil3 Driver Open/Short Set: Motor encoder phase failure
ShutdownEMBrake. ShutdownDriver3. detected.
encoder failure. Clear: Cycle KSI.
2. Bad crimps or faulty wiring.
3. See Monitor menu » Motor:
Motor RPM.
37 Motor Open X X 1. Motor phase is open. Set: Motor phase U, V, or W detected
ShutdownMotor; 2. Bad crimps or faulty wiring. open.
ShutdownMainContactor; Clear: Cycle KSI.
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.
38 Main Contactor Welded X X 1. Main contactor tips are welded closed. 2. Set: Just prior to the main contactor
ShutdownMotor; Motor phase U or V is disconnected or closing, the capacitor bank voltage (B+
ShutdownMainContactor; open. connection terminal) was loaded for a
ShutdownEMBrake; 3. An alternate voltage path (such as an short time and the voltage did not
ShutdownThrottle; external precharge resistor) is providing a discharge.
FullBrake; current to the capacitor bank (B+ connection Clear: Cycle KSI
ShutdownPump. terminal).
39 Main Contactor Didn’t close X X 1. Maincontactor did not close. Set: With the main contactor
ShutdownMotor; 2. Main contactor tips are oxidized, burned, commanded closed, the capacitor bank
ShutdownMainContactor; or not making good contact. voltage (B+ connection terminal) did
Shutdown EMBrake; 3. External load on capacitor bank (B+ not charge to B+.
ShutdownThrottle; connection terminal) that prevents capacitor Clear: Cycle KSI.
Fullbrake; bank from charging.
ShutdownPump 4. Blown B+ fuse.
41 Throttle Wiper High X X 1. See Monitor menu >> Inputs: Throttle Pot. Set: Throttle pot wiper (pin 16) voltage
ShutdownThrottle. is higher than the high fault threshold
2. Throttle pot wiper voltage too high. (can be changed with the VCL function
SETUP POT FAULTS)
Clear: Bring throttle pot wiper voltage
above the fault threshold.
42 Throttle Wiper Low X X 1. See Monitor menu >> Inputs: ThrottlePot. Set: Throttle pot wiper (pin 16) voltage
ShutdownThrottle; 2. Throttle pot wiper voltage too high. is higher than the high fault threshold
(can be changed with the VCL function
Setup_Pot_Faults). Clear: Bring throttle
pot wiper voltage below the fault
threshold.
43 Pot2 Wiper High X Refer to Curtis Return Controller to Landoll

FullBrake. Corporation for evaluation.
44 Pot2 Wiper Low X Refer to Curtis Return Controller to Landoll

FullBrake. Corporation for evaluation.
45 Pot Low Overcurrent X X 1. See Monitor menu >> Outputs: Pot Low. Set: Pot low (pin 18) current exceeds
ShutdownThrottle. 2. Combined pot resistance connected to 10mA.
FullBrake pot low is too low. Clear: Clear pot low overcurent
ShutdownSteer condition and cycle KSI.
5-42 F-528-0610 Edition

C
O
D PROGRAMMER LCD
46 EEPROM Failure X X 1. Failure to write to EEPROM memory. This Set: Controller operating system tried
ShutdownMotor; can be caused by EEPROM memory writes to write to EEPROM memory and
ShutdownMainContactor; initiated by VCL, by the CAN bus, by failed.
Shutdown EMBrake; adjusting parameters with the programmer, Clear: Download the correct software
ShutdownThrottle; or by loading new software into the (OS) and matching parameter default
ShutdownInterlock;Shutdown controller. settings into the controller and cycle
Driver1 KSI.
ShutdownDriver2;Shutdowndr
iver3;
ShutdownDriver4;ShutdownP
D; Fullbrake; ShutdownPump;
TrimDisable;SevereDual;
ShutdownSteer; LOSDual
47 HPD/Sequecing Fault. 1. KSI, interlock, direction, and throttle Set: HPD (High Pedal Disable) or
Shutdown Throttle inputs applied in incorrect sequence. sequencing fault caused by incorrect
2. Bad crimp, faulty wiring or KSI switch. sequence if KSI, interlock, direction
See Monitor menu>>Inputs. and throttle inputs.
Clear: Reapply correct input sequence.
49 Parameter Change Fault X X 1.This is a safety fault caused by a change Set: Adjustment of a parameter setting
ShutdownMotor; in certain parameter settings so that the that requires cycling of KSI.
ShutdownEMBrake; vehicle will not operate until KSI is cycled. Clear: Cycle KSI.
Shutdown Throttle; For example, if a user changes the Throttle
Fullbrake; Type, this fault will appear and require
ShutdownPump cycling KSI before the vehicle can operate.
52 Battery Rollout Switch Return Controller to Landoll
Fault in Left traction controller. Corporation for evaluation.
68 VCL Run Time Error X X 1.VCL code encountered a runtime VCL Set: Runtime VCL code error condition.
ShutdownMotor; error. Clear: Edit VCL application software to
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. See Monitor menu>>Controller:VCL Error fix this error condition; flash the new
ShutdownEMBrake; Module and VCL Error. This error can then compiled software and matching
ShutdownThrottle; be compared to the runtime VCL module ID parameter defaults; cycle KSI.
ShutdownInterlock; and error code definitions found in the
ShutdownDriver1; specific OS system information file.
ShutdownDriver2;
ShutdownDriver3:
ShutdownDriver4;
ShutdownPD; FullBrake;
ShutdownPump.
ShutdownPump: TrimDisable;
SevereDual; ShutdownSteer;
LOSDual.
69 External Supply Out of X X 1. External load on the 5V and 12V supplies Set: The external supply current
Range draws either too much or too little current. (combined current used by the 5V
None, unless a fault action is 2. Fault Checking Menu parameters Ext supply [pin 26} and 12V supply {pin
programmed in VCL; Supply Max and Ext Supply Min are 25}) is either greater than the upper
mistuned. current threshold or lower than the low
3. See Monitor menu>>Outputs: Ext Supply current threshold. The two thresholds
Current. are defined by the External Supply Max
and External Supply Min parameter
settings.
Clear: Bring the external supply current
within range.
5-43
C
O
D PROGRAMMER LCD
71 OS General X X 1.Internal Controller fault. Set: Internal controller fault detected.
ShutdownMotor; Clear: Cycle KSI.
ShutdownMainContactor;
ShutdownEMBrake;
ShutdownThrottle;
ShutdownInterlock;
ShutdownDriver1;ShutdownD
river2;
ShutdownDriver3;ShutdownD
river4; ShutdownPD;
FullBrake:Shutdown Pump;
TrimDisable;
SevereDual;Shutdown Steer;
LOSDual
72 PDO TImeout X X Time between CAN OPDO messages Set: Time between CAN PDO
Shutdown Interlock; received exceeded the PDO Timeout messages received exceeded the PDO
CAN NMT State set to Period. Timeout Period.
Pre-operational Clear: Cycle KSI or receive CAN NMT
message
73 Stall Detected X X 1. Stalled motor. Set: No motor encoder movement
ShutdownMotor; 2. Motor encoder failure. detected.
SevereDual; 3. Bad crimps or faulty wiring. Clear: Either cycle KSI, or detect valid
ShutdownEMBrake; 4. Problems with power supply for the motor motor encoder signals while operating
Control Mode changed to encoder. in LOS mode and return Throttle
LOS (Limited Operating 5. See Monitor menu>>Motor: Motor RPM. Command=) and Motor RPM=0.
Strategy)
74 Fault On other Traction X X 1. A fault is active on the other traction Set: In a Dual Drive traction system,
Controller controller. any fault in the other traction controller
For information on this fault, will cause this fault to be set.
plug the programmer into the Clear: Clear all the active faults in the
other controller. other traction controller.
5-44 F-528-0610 Edition

C
O
D PROGRAMMER LCD
75 Dual Severe Fault X X 1. Both taction controllers have active Set: A severe fault in each traction
ShutdownMotor; severe faults and therefore both will be controller will cause this fault to be set.
ShutdownMainContactor disabled. Clear: Correct the severe fault(s) in
ShutdownEMBrake; either controller to clear the Dual
Shutdown Throttle; FullBrake; Severe Fault; of course, you will want to
Shutdown Pump Other clear all faults on both controllers.
controller: Same effects as
this controller.
91 VCL/OS Mismatch 1.The VCL software in the controller does Set: VCL and OS software do not mach
ShutdownMotor; not match the OS software in the controller. when KSI cycles, a check is made to
ShutdownMainContactor; verify that they match and a fault is
ShutdownEMBrake; issued when they don’t.
ShutdownThrottle; Clear: Download the correct VCL and
ShutdownInterlock; OS software into the computer.
ShutdownDriver1;
ShutdownDriver2;
ShutdownDriver3;
ShutdownDriver4;
ShutdownPump
91 VCL/OS Mismatch 1.The VCL software in the controller does Set: VCL and OS software do not mach
ShutdownMotor; not match the OS software in the controller. when KSI cycles, a check is made to
ShutdownMainContactor; verify that they match and a fault is
ShutdownEMBrake; issued when they don’t.
ShutdownThrottle; Clear: Download the correct VCL and
ShutdownInterlock; OS software into the computer.
ShutdownDriver1;
ShutdownDriver2;
ShutdownDriver3;
ShutdownDriver4;
ShutdownPump
93 Encoder LOS 1. Limited Operating Strategy (LOS) control Set: Encoder Fault (Code 36) or Stall
(LimitedOperatingStrategy). mode has been activated, as a result of Detect Fault (Code 73) was activated,
Enter LOS control mode. either an Encoder Fault (Code 36) or a Stall and Brake or Interlock has been
Detect Fault (Code 73). applied to activate LOS control mode,
2. Motor encoder failure. allowing limited motor control. Clear:
3.Bad crimps or faulty wiring. Cycle KSI or, if LOS mode was
4. Vehicle is stalled. activated by the Stall Fault, clear by
ensuring encoder senses proper
operation, Motor RPM=0, and Throttle
Command=0.
98 Illegal Model Number X X 1. Model_Number variable contains illegal Set: Illegal Model_Number variable;
ShutdownMotor; value (not 1234, 1236, 1238, or 1298). when KSI cycles, a check is made to
ShutdownMainContactor; 2. Software and hardware do not match. confirm a legal Model_Number, and a
ShutdownEMBrake; 3. Controller defective. fault is issued if one is not found.
ShutdownThrottle; Clear: Download appropriate software
FullBrake; for your controller model.
ShutdownPump.
99 Dualmotor Parameter X 1. Dual Motor Enable parameter set On and Set: When the Dual Drive software is
Mismatch Control Mode Select parameter not set to 1 enabled, the controller must be set to
ShutdownMotor; (Speed Mode Express) or 2 (Speed Mode). either Speed Mode Express or Speed
ShutdownMainContactor; Mode; otherwise this fault is set.
ShutdownEMBrake; Clear: Adjust parameters to
ShutdownThrottle; appropriate values for your application
FullBrake; and cycle KSI.
ShutdownPump.
5-45
PROGRAMMER MENUS
The programmers have six menus, which in turn lead to
nested submenus.
• Program — provides access to the programmable
parameters.
• Monitor — presents real-time values during vehicle
operation; these include all inputs and outputs, as
well as the mapped throttle values and conditioned
throttle requests.
• Faults — presents diagnostic information and also a
Controller Maintenance means to clear the fault history file.
There are no user serviceable parts in the Curtis • Functions — provides access to the
1234/36/38 controllers. No attempt should be made to controller-cloning commands and to the “reset”
open, repair, or modify the controller. Modifying the command.
controller will void the warranty. It is recommended • Information — displays data about the host
that the controller and connection be kept clean and controller, model and serial numbers, date of
dry and that the controller’s fault history file be manufacture, hardware and software revisions, and
checked and cleared during service. itemization of other devices that may be associated
with the controller’s operation.
Controller Cleaning • Programmer Setup — displays data about the
Periodically cleaning the controller exterior will help programmer: model and serial numbers, and date of
protect it against corrosion and possible electrical manufacture.
problems created by dirt that is part of the operating
environment and that normally exists in battery
powered systems. When working around any battery
powered system, proper safety precautions should
be taken. These include, but are not limited to: proper
training, wearing eye protection, and avoiding loose
clothing and jewelry.
IMPORTANT
Never use a pressure washer to clean the controller.
Use the following cleaning procedure for routine
maintenance:
1. Remove power by disconnecting the battery.
2. Discharge the capacitors in the controller by
connecting a load across the controller’s B+ and B
terminals.
3. Remove any dirt or corrosion from the power and
signal connector areas. The controller should be
wiped clean with a moist rag. Dry it before
reconnecting the battery.
4. Make sure the connections are tight.
5-46 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 6
Truck Lubrication and Chain Maintenance
Lubricating the Truck Tilt Cylinder Clevis

1. Before lubricating the truck, lower the forks, set the 1. Start the truck and pivot the mast straight forward to
key switch to the OFF position, and set the parking the normal carry position.
brake. 2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from
2. Certain grease fittings may include protective plastic the key switch.
caps. Remove them before applying grease. 3. Grease clevis fitting on end of tilt cylinder until fresh
Remember to replace the caps when you are grease is squeezed from the clevis.
finished. 4. Wipe off excess grease.
3. In the following procedures, the location of grease
fittings or surfaces to be greased are by either a Main Rotation Bearings
grease-gun or brush respectively.
4. Make sure all grease fittings are wiped clean before 1. Start the truck and pivot the mast straight forward to
lubricating. If any of the fittings are corroded or the normal carry position.
blocked, replace them. Before brush-applying grease 2. Set the key switch to OFF and remove the key from
to bearing pad surfaces, wipe out the channel to the key switch.
remove any foreign matter that may have 3. Grease the upper and lower front rotation bearing
accumulated since your last lubrication. fittings until fresh grease is squeezed from the lower
5. High pressure washing the forklift is not bearing. See Figure 6-1.
recommended but if unavoidable, lubricate all
unprotected grease fittings and metal-to-metal
surfaces, located outside the truck.
NOTE
Keep high pressure wash away from all electronic wiring
and semiconductor components.
6. Interval frequency can be recorded from the running
hours read on the hour meter in the driver’s
compartment.
7. See Table in Chapter 1 page 1-17 for recommended
lubricants.
 WARNING
Do not service the truck and/or mast area while
the key switch is ON. If a joystick, steering wheel
or accelerator pedal is accidentally moved
serious injury could occur. Figure 6-1
4. Wipe off excess grease at the lower bearing.
6-1
TRUCK LUBRICATION AND CHAIN MAINTENANCE
Fork Positioner Lubrication, Non-Side

Shifting (Option)
1. Start the truck and position the mast straight ahead.
Chain Lubrication
Caution
the key switch.  CAUTION
3. Before lubricating the positioner rails, wipe off excess The chains must be coated with a film of lubricant
lubricant and dirt buildup from within the rail channels at all times.
and dirt from the top and bottom of the rail grooves.
4. Using a brush, lubricate the top surface on the fork
• Lubricate the chains as required by the Hourly
rails, including a thin film on the front face of both
Checklists beginning on page 1-8.
rails. See Figure 6-2.
• Use lubricant listed on the Lubrication Chart located
on page 1-17.
• Each pair of chains has been factory-lubricated using
heat and pressure to force the lubricant thoroughly
into the chain links. Avoid removal or contamination
of this factory applied lubricant. Do not wash, sand
blast, etch, steam clean, or paint the chains.
Chain Adjustment
The chain must be adjusted so each strand is under
equal tension for proper load distribution and mast
operation.
To determine whether the chains are properly
adjusted:
1. Remove load from forks.
2. Extend the mast to put the chains under tension.
3. Press the center of a strand of chain with your thumb,
Figure 6-2 then press at the same place on the other chain of
the pair.
5. Wipe off excess grease.
4. Each chain in a pair should have equal “give”. If
tension is not equal, adjust them as described in the
Lubricate Steer Wheel Knob manufacturer’s mast service manual. See page 7-37.
Measuring Chain Stretch

If the chains stretch beyond the recommended amount,
they should be replaced in pairs. Chain stretch can be
measured with a chain wear scale. The scale indicates
whether the distance between two chain links is within
tolerance. Compare a stretched chain, to a new chain.
See page 7-37, Figure 52. Measure the chains according
to the instructions printed on the chain wear scale,
without load on the carriage.
• To check the free lift chains, raise the carriage 1 ft (30
cm) off the ground to put tension on the chains.
• To check the main lift chains, raise the mast until the
inner upright starts to extend putting tension on the
1. While the truck is stationary and with the key switch chains.
OFF, apply a drop or two of light machine oil where
the knob meets the steering wheel.
2. Spin the knob a few times and wipe off excess oil.
6-2 F-528-0610 Edition

Check Primary Lift Chain 4. To adjust the degree of tilt, tilt the mast fully
backward.
1. Park the truck on a flat, level surface, with the park-
ing brake engaged.
the key switch.
2. Set the mast in the center of the truck, facing straight
ahead, level to the floor and empty (unloaded).
Check the fork level gauge on the left side of the  CAUTION
mast.
Do not service the tilt cylinder while the key
switch is ON. If a joystick, steering wheel or
the key switch.
accelerator pedal is accidentally moved, you
4. Measure the distance from the floor to the bottom
could be caught between the mast and the truck,
heel of each fork tine. Measurement must be 1/8”
causing serious injury.
(3.175 mm) minimum to 1/4” (6.35 mm) maximum.
5. If it is not within 1/8” to 1/4” (3.175 mm to 6.35 mm),
adjust the primary lift chain accordingly. See Chain 6. Loosen the tilt cylinder adjuster bolt.
Adjustment on page 6-2. 7. Continue to loosen the tilt cylinder adjuster bolt until
there is no bolt pressure on the tilt cylinder clevis.
Check Lift Operation 8. Place the tilt gauge against the rear outer mast rail
on the right side of the truck, about 6” (152 mm)
1. Check the lift cylinders to ensure proper sequencing. above the mast cross member.
If adjustment is needed, see Chain Adjustment on

page 6-2.
CAUTION
2. Check to see that an unloaded mast will completely
lift to full lift height (the relief valve opens). If it will NEVER exceed 3.0° to 3.1° rear tilt for 239” or
not, check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir; add shorter masts. Never exceed 2.0° to 2.1° rear tile
oil if necessary. for 240” or taller masts. Actual rear tilt in excess
3. Load the mast and raise it approximately 5’ (1.524 of recommended tilt can cause the truck to
m). Quickly lower the mast until it is about 6” (152.4 become unstable under certain conditions.
mm) above the floor and stop the mast abruptly.
4. Make sure the elevating channel rollers maintain 9. Relieve the hydraulic pressure on the tilt cylinder.
proper contact with the mast channel. Rotate the tilt cylinder rod, using a 1-3/4 open end
5. Look for signs of galling where the rollers contact the wrench on the tilt cylinder rod. Looking at the rod end
rail. Galling is indicated by track marks in the rails of the cylinder turn clockwise to shorten the rear tilt
that are 1/4” to 1/2” (6.35 mm to 12.7 mm) wide or counterclockwise to increase the rear tilt. It is best
running up the rail. Normal track marks are no more to turn the rod only a 1/2 turn at a time.
than 1/4” (6.35 mm) wide. 10. You may have to tilt the mast a number of times,
6. If galling is detected, adjust the rollers for the proper repeating steps 4 thru 9, until the adjustment is
clearance over the full length of the mast rails. See correct.
“Inspection Check List,” page 1-7. 11. When the adjustment is complete, reinsert the key
and turn to the ON position. Using the tilt cylinder
Checking and Adjusting Degree of Tilt lever, tilt the mast back to its full stroke.
12. Check functionality that mast does not twist when run
1. To check degree of tilt, be certain the truck is on a
to full forward or full rear tilt, and that there is no
smooth, level surface.
interference with hoses and wiring.
2. Tilt the mast back its full stroke. Place the tilt gauge
13. Tighten and torque the tilt cylinder adjuster bolt
against the rear outer mast rail on the right side of
against the cylinder clevis. See General Torque,
the truck.
Hydraulic Fitting Torque, and Bendi AC Special
3. If equipped with a mast that has a fork height greater Torque Tables on page 1-17.
than 240”, available tilt is limited to 1 degree forward
and 2.1 degrees back. The standard tilt is 3 degrees
forward and 3.1 degrees back for masts of 239” or
lower. When testing a standard truck equipped with a
mast gauge, the gauge must read between 3.0 and
3.1, while the taller mast must read between 2.0 and
2.1 degrees of rear tilt.
6-3
Disconnecting the Tilt Cylinder
 WARNING
Steel toed shoes and eye protection are required
when doing maintenance or repair work on a lift
truck. Do not place feet or hands in any areas
through the mast or in truck pinch points.
Servicing the tilt cylinders requires the use of an
overhead hoist, hoist slings and wheel blocks.
The overhead hoist and slings must have a rating
of 8,000 lb. or greater. Do not work under or
around a truck that is not properly secured. The
battery must be disconnected and removed from
the truck.
• Truck repair must be in a level, designated area.

• Turn the lift off, pull the key and put it in a secure
place.
• Lower the mast completely to the floor.
• Chock the wheels so that the truck cannot move.
• Attach a sling and hoist to all the top cross
braces so the mast sections cannot move.
6-4 F-528-0610 Edition

Chapter 7
Supplier Provided Documentation
Disclaimer: The documentation provided here in

Chapter 8 “Supplier Provided Documentation” has
been appended to this Landoll Troubleshooting and
Corrective Maintenance Manual for reference only.
The specific contents of this information is not the
responsibility of Landoll Corporation or any of it’s
affiliates.
35D/50D/55D/
Full Free Lift 3 - Stage Mast Special Definitions

Manual Part Number 687250 R3
Lift Technologies, Inc. 2005  CAUTION
Introduction A statement preceded by Caution is information
The following pages describe the installation instruction, that should be acted upon to prevent machine
periodic maintenance, troubleshooting and service damage.
procedures for the Lift Tek Series masts.
In any communication about the mast, refer to the mast
serial number stamped in the nameplate. If the  WARNING
nameplate is missing, these numbers are also stamped
on the left-hand upper cheek plate. A statement preceded by the warning! sign is
information that should be acted upon to prevent
bodily injury.
Modifications and additions which affect capacity or safe
operation shall not be performed without written approval
from Landoll Corporation per ANSI B56.1.
IMPORTANT
A statement preceded by Important that possesses
special significance .
NOTE
A statement preceded by Note is information that is
handy to know and may make your job easier.
7-1
SUPPLIER PROVIDED DOCUMENTATION
1.1 Introduction IMPORTANT

This manual provides the installation instruction, periodic Lift Tek Masts are compatible with SAE 10W
maintenance, troubleshooting and service procedures for petroleum base oil per Mil. Spec. MIL-0-5606 or
the Lift Tek Series masts. MIL-0-2104 B only. Use of synthetic or aqueous base
In any communication about the mast, refer to the mast hydraulic oil is not recommended. If fire resistant
serial number stamped in the nameplate. If the hydraulic oil must be used, contact Lift Tek
nameplate is missing, these numbers are also stamped Figure 1 - Serial Mast Number Location
on the left-hand upper cheek plate.
 WARNING 45D-M!-001-00025-M
• Do not install a Lift Tek Mast on a truck with a

capacity greater than the truck rated
capacities shown below.
• For proper truck stability or to prevent Stamped
Serial
interference, tilt restriction may be required.
Number
Contact the truck manufacturer.
(Left-Hand
TRUCK CAPACITY AT 24IN. (610 mm) LOAD CENTER Side of
Outer
30D-3000 lbs. (1361 kg.) Upright)
35D-3500 lbs. (1585 kg.)
40D-4000 lbs. (1812 kg.)
50D-5000 lbs. (2268 kg.)
Example:
55D-5500 lbs. (2491 kg.) 45D-MQ-001-00025-M
60D-6000 lbs. (2718 kg.)
Modifications and additions which affect capacity or safe 2.2 Mounting Bracket Installation
operation shall not be performed without prior written If it is necessary to install mounting brackets and
approval from Lift Technologies per ANSI B56. 1. cross-members to fit your lift truck, consult with the
Installation Instructions nearest Lift Tek Service Department listed on the back
cover. You must supply dimensions A through F shown in
2.1 Truck System Requirements Figure 3. Failure to install the correct brackets and
cross-members can result in mast structural failure,
To achieve maximum lifting capacity of the mast, the bodily injury and loss of warranty.
truck relief valve should be set to relieve at the pressure
indicated in the chart below. This chart also indicates the
hose fitting size to use between the truck control valve
and masts valve.
LiftTech Mast Relief PSI Hose size
 WARNING
Fitting Size (Valve inlet port is 3/4 in. SAE O-ring) Failure to install the correct brackets and cross
30D/35D/40D 2000 psi No. 8 min. members can result in mast structural failure,
No. 8 min. bodily injury and loss of warranty.
30D/35D/40D 2600 psi No. 6 min.
No. 6 min.
30D/35D/60D 2600 psi No. 8 min.
13/32 in. Orifice
7-2 F-528-0610 Edition

2.3 Mast Installation NOTE

1. Raise and block the front end of the truck 1ft. (30 cm)
Use as few fittings as possible and always use 45º fittings
per ANSI B56.1 or drive the truck over a service pit.
instead of 90º fittings. Keep the hose lengths to a
2. Install the bearings to lower the axle mounts. minimum. Avoid sharp bends or pinch points when
3. Lubricate the bearing surfaces of the lower axle and routing the hose.
tilt cylinder mounting brackets with chassis grease. Figure 3 - Determining Mounting Bracket Location
4. Lift the mast using an overhead hoist with chain
hooks attached to the cheek plate lifting holes.
Position the mast by lowering the axle mounts on the
truck axle. Install the mount caps and capscrews.
Truck
Tighten the capscrews to the truck manufacturer’s
Cowl
torque specifications.
Figure 2 - Valve Inlet Port
Tilt
Cylinder
2.4 Inspection and Adjustments

IMPORTANT
Prior to connecting the tilt cylinders to the mast, 2.4-1 Chain Inspection and Tension
make sure the cylinders “bottom” evenly. Adjust the The hoist Chains have been factory lubricated using heat
tilt cylinders to prevent the mast from “racking” and pressure to force the lubricant thoroughly into the
during tilting. Refer to your truck service manual for chain links. Avoid removal or contamination of this factory
procedures. applied lubricant. Do not wash, sand blast, etch, steam
5. Connect the lift truck hose to the mast valve. clean, or paint the chains for internal mast installation.
6. Connect the tilt cylinders to the mast anchor The chains must be adjusted with equal tension to
brackets. Tighten the pin capscrews to the truck ensure proper load distribution and mast operation.
manufacturer’s torque specifications.
7-3
To determine equal tension, extend the unload mast to

put the chains under tension. Press the center of a strand
of chain with your thumb, then press at the same place 2.4-7 Mast Skewing
on the other chain of the pair. Each chain in a pair should
have equal “give”. If they do not have equal tension, Check for mast skewing as described in Section 5.5-6.
preform the hoist chain adjustments described in Section Figure 4 - Mast Installation
5.6-3 and 5.6-4.
CUSHION PNEUMATIC
TIRE TIRE
3 IN. 5 IN.
UNDER- UNDER- 4
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
UPRIGHTS
AND
CARRIAGE
FLUSH
CARRIAGE
2 IN.
BELOW
UPRIGHTS
Figure 5 - Upright and Carriage Position
2.4-2 Main Lift Chain Adjustment

SEE SECTION 5.6-4.
2.4-3 Free Lift Chain Adjustment 6

SEE SECTION 5.6-6.
2.4-4 Free lift Cylinder Supply Hose

Tracking Adjustment
Make sure the cylinder supply hose is not twisted and
travels evenly in the hose guide. Check the hose to be
sure it is not scuffing. Adjust the hose by loosening the
hose end connection at the valve and twist the hose.
Tighten the hose end while holding the hose in place. 4
See Figure 10. Tension on the hose can be adjusted by
using a different set of bracket holes. Use the holes that 2 3
place a small amount of tension on the hose.
2.4-5 Upright Rail Lubrication

Lubricate the full length of each upright rail with chassis
lube or Kendall SR-12X as shown in Figure 6.
2.4-6 Cylinder Bleeding

SEE SECTION 5.2-11.
7-4 F-528-0610 Edition

2.5 Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis Figure 7 - Channel Lubrication
Installation 30D/35D/40D and 50D

1. Install the shafts, sheaves and hose guards to the
crosshead center plate. Leave the capscrew and nut
finger tight to allow hose installation.
Figure 8 - Crosshead Assembly
Lubricate only where indicated by

the heavy line for the full length
of each upright.
Figure 6 - Free Lift Cylinder Supply Hose Adjustment

Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis
Installation 30D/35D/40D and 50D

1. Install the brackets, hose clamps and sheaves to the
uprights. Tighten the bracket capscrews to a torque
of 38 ft.- lbs. (51 Nm).
2. Completely lower the carriage. Route the hoses
down behind the top carriage bar to the carriage
bracket fittings. Connect the hoses fittings to the
Adjust carriage fittings and tighten.
Hose
End 3. Loosen the crosshead coverplate capscrew. Route
the hoses up over the crosshead sheaves. Orient the
Mast hoses with the natural curve over the sheaves.
Valve 4. Route the hoses down between the free lift cylinder
and middle inner crossmember to the bracket behind
the free lift cylinder.
2. Install the carriage bracket to the tabs between the
carriage sideplates. Leave the capscrews finger tight.
3. Install fittings to bracket.
4. Single Function - Install the fittings to the left or right
side location. Tighten the fittings finger tight.
5. Double Function - Install the fittings to the left and
right side location. Tighten the fittings finger tight.
Figure 8 - Carriage Bracket Assembly
OR
3
SINGLE DOUBLE
FUNCTION FUNCTION
7-5
4 Hose Outer
2 Hose Sheave Upright Fig 10 - Bracket Install
Sheave
4
Intermediate
Upright
Inner
Upright
4
7-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis Installation

30D/35D/40D/50D
9
9 UPPER
BRACKET
FUNCTION:
8
CENTER
BRACKET
6 10
SINGLE
DOUBLE
5 7
FITTINGS
SINGLE
SINGLE
5
7 7
DOUBLE DOUBLE
Figure 11 - Hose Routing

1. Route the hoses under the lower inner crossmember
to loop up to the lower hose bracket. Install the hose
clamps leaving the capscrews finger tight. Align the
hoses under the crossmember and into the clamp.
Tighten the clamp capscrews to a torque of 8 ft.-lbs.
(11Nm).
2. Route the hoses up to and over the upper hose
sheaves and then down to the upper hose bracket.
Assemble the clamp and hoses to the upper bracket
leaving the capscrews finger tight. Starting with the
outer hose, pull down on the hoses with 80 lbs. of
force to remove slack, then tighten the clamp
capscrews to a torque of 8 ft.-lbs. (11Nm).
3. Attach the hose ends to the center hose bracket
aligning the hoses with their natural curve. Tighten
the clamp capscrews to a torque of 8 ft.-lbs. (11Nm.)
4. Attach the left hand cylinder supply hose and clamp
to the outer upright center crossmember. Tighten the
clamp capscrew to a torque of 8 ft.-lbs. (11Nm.)
7-7
Internal Reeving - Hi-Vis Installation 2. Install the rollers and hose guards to the crosshead
reeving bracket. Leave the nut finger tight to allow
30D/35D/40D and 50D hose installation. Fig 14 - Center Crosshead Sheaves
1. Tighten the crosshead coverplate capscrew to a
torque of 51 ft.-lbs. (70Nm.). 2 1
2. Tighten the carriage bracket capscrews to a torque of
46 ft.-lbs. (63 Nm.)
3. Raise and lower the mast slowly through several
cycles checking for proper hose alignment,
clearances and hose tracking.
Figure 12 - Main Lift Hose
11
3. 3. Double Function Internal Reeving -Install the

sheaves to the crosshead chain shafts. Leave the
capscrews finger tight to allow for hose installation.
Internal Reeving - Std-Vis Installation

55D/60D
1. Install the reeving brackets to the crosshead. Tighten
the capscrews to a torques of 12 ft.-lbs. (17Nm.).
Figure 15 - Outer Crosshead Sheaves
7-8 F-528-0610 Edition

Figure 13 - Crosshead Assembly 6. Install the hoses to the carriage bracket fittings.
Leave the fittings loose.
7. Route the hoses up and over the rollers on the center
of the crosshead. Tighten the hose guard capscrew
to a torque of 38 ft.-lbs. (51Nm.). WARNING: Chain
and block the uprights and carriage to secure for step
5.
8. Install spacers to the inner crossmember backside
tabs.
9. Raise the carriage approximately 8 ft. (240cm).
Route the hoses downward on the front side of all the
crossmembers, then under the tab on the front side
of the cylinder support. Feed the hoses backward
Cross- under the cross member, around the casting guide
head upward under the back side.
Cover-
10. Pull the hose ends to remove hose slack.
plates
11. Remove the existing capscrews from the main lift
chain shafts. Install the hose, sheaves, shafts and
12 spacers to the main lift chain shafts. Tighten the
capscrews to a torque of 58 ft.-lbs. (79Nm.). Make
sure the sheaves rotate freely.
12. Attach the hoses to the brackets and fittings. Leave
the fittings loose on the bracket.
13. Install the hose clamps to the hoses half way
between the crosshead and lower crossmember.
14. Pull down on the hoses to remove slack and stretch
hoses one inch. Install the brackets on the front side
of the crossmember using the next hole down.
Tighten the capscrew to a torque of 38 ft.-lbs. (51
Nm.).
15. Raise and lower the mast several times to make sure
the hoses are tracking correctly. Use the whilte line
on the hose to detect twisting. Adjust the hose ends if
required. Tighten the fittings making sure they do not
twist.
Internal Reeving - Std-Vis 55D/60D

13 Double Function
1. Install the carriage bracket to the tabs on the carriage
side plates. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 38 ft.-lbs.
(51Nm.).
2. Install the bulkhead and 900 fitting to the holes in the
carriage bracket.
3. Install the hoses to the carriage bracket fittings.
Leave the fittings loose.
Std-Vis Installation 55D/60D Single
4. Route the hoses up and over the rollers on the cross
Function head. Tighten the sheave capscrews to a torque of
4. Install the carriage bracket to the tabs on the carriage 38 ft.-lbs. (51Nm.).
side plates. Tighten the nuts to a torque of 38 ft.-lbs. 5. WARNING: Chain and block the uprights and
(51Nm.) carriage to secure for step 5.
5. Install the bulkhead and 900 fitting to the middle two
holes in the carriage bracket.
7-9
6. Raise the carriage approximately 8 ft. (240 cm).

Route the hoses downward on the front side of all
crossmembers, then under the tab on the front side
of the cylinder support. Feed the hoses backward
under the cross member, around the casting guide
upward under the back side tabs.
7. Pull the hose ends to remove slack.
8. Remove the existing capscrew from the main lift
chain shafts. Install the hoses, sheaves, shaft and
spacers to the main lift chain shafts. Tighten the
capscrew to a torque of 58 ft.-lbs. (79Nm.). Make
sure the sheaves rotate freely.
9. Attach the hoses to the brackets and fittings. Leave
the fittings loose on the bracket
10. Install the hose clamp to the two center hoses half
way between the crosshead and lower crossmember.
9 12
11. Pull down on the hoses to remove slack and stretch

the hoses one inch. Install the brackets on the front 11
side of the crossmember using the next hole down.
4
Tighten the capscrew to a torque of 38 ft.-lbs.
(51Nm.).
12. Raise and lower the mast several times to make sure 10
the hoses are tracking correctly. Use the white line on
the hose to detect twisting. Adjust the hose ends if
required. Tighten the fittings making sure they do not
twist.
Tab
Cylinder
Support
Front
2 3 12
7-10 F-528-0610 Edition

3.1 Periodic Maintenance

For proper operation and an extended service life, your
 CAUTION
Lift Tek Mast should be inspected and serviced regularly The chains must be coated with a film of lubricant
as part of your normal lift truck maintenance schedule at all times.
according to the following outlines and ANSI B56.1
procedures.
The recommended intervals are for masts operating
under normal conditions. If the mast is operating in
severe conditions or corrosive atmospheres, the
inspections should be performed more frequently. 7
 WARNING
Never work on the mast with a load on the forks
or attachment, in the raised position without
supports or while anyone is near the lift truck
control handles per ANSI B56.1
4
3.1.1 Daily Inspection

4 8 11
Perform the following at the beginning of each work shift:
1. Extend the carriage a few inches off the ground and
make sure the chains are under equal tension. Refer
to Section 5.6-3 and 5.6-6 for chain adjustment. 9 10
2. Extend the mast to its fullest height to make sure the
mast rails and carriage extend freely without binding.
3. While the mast is extended, inspect the upright rails
for proper lubrication. Refer to Section 2.4-5 Step for
rail lubrication.
4. Make sure the internal reeving hoses (if equipped)
4
travel evenly in the hose guides. Adjust the hose 3 11
ends if required. Tighten the fittings making sure they
do not twist.
Front
100 Hour Inspection

After each 100 hours of lift truck operation, and in
addition to the daily inspection:
Back
1. Inspect and lubricate full length of the chains w/ SAE
40 wt. oil or Bowman Heavy Load Red Grease.
7-11
500 Hour Inspection

addition to the Daily and 100 Hour Inspection:
1. Each pair of load rollers on the uprights and carriage
should be shimmed so that a total side to side
clearance no greater than 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) occurs at
the tightest point throughout the travel of the
member. Pry between the upright and load roller so
that the opposite load roller is tight against the
upright. Measure the clearance for the pair of rollers
at XXX shown. See Figure 18.
2. Check the chains for wear and stretch. Refer to
Section 5.6-1 for complete chain inspection.
Figure 18 - Load Roller Clearances
Pry Load
Here Rollers
.06 in.
(1.5 mm)
Max
.06 in.
(1.5 mm)
Max.
7-12 F-528-0610 Edition

Troubleshooting
 WARNING
Extreme care should be used when working on a
unit when the carriage (with or without a load) is
in the raised position.
The following table lists problems that may be

encountered on your Lift Tek Mast, the probable causes
and recommended corrective action that should be taken
to restore the mast to normal operating condition.
Table 1:
PROBLEM PROBABLE CAUSE SOLUTION
Cylinders don’t lift load or won't move- a) Plugged inlet hose. a)Unplug hose or replace.
Empty b)Insufficient oil. b)Check hydraulic system for correct
oil level, defective pump or drive,
leaks or defective control linkage.
c)Bent/jammed plunger. Repair/replace parts.
c)Repair/replace parts.
Cylinders don’t lift load or won’t move- a)Plugged piston check valve. a)Replace check valve.
Loaded b)Relief valve set too low. b)Raise relief setting to spec.
c) Overloaded capacity. c)Reduce load weight.
d)Bent/jammed plunger. d)Repair/replace parts.
Cylinders drift a) Leak in pressure line. a) Tighten/replace.

b) Truck valve defective-cycle b) Repair/replace valve. Lift to verify.
to full. c) Replace all cylinder seals.
c) External leaks at retainer. d) Replace check valve.
d) Piston check valve leaking.
Spongy or jerky action a) Sticky/defective relief valve. a) remove and check the truck relief
valve. If contaminated oil caused the
b) Bent or damaged cylinder malfunction, drain and flush the
plunger. system, change the filter and refill
c) Load rollers not properly with fresh oil.
adjusted. b) Disassemble, check and repair
d) Mast channels improperly cylinder assembly.
lubricated. c) Adjust or repair as necessary.
e) Low Battery charge. d) Lubricate mast.
f) Low pump volume.
g) Low oil level. e) Charge battery.
h) Insufficient hydraulic tank f) Install accumulator.
capacity. g) Fill oil reservoir.
h) Install larger tank baffles or
baffles.
For other problems, contact Lift Technologies.
7-13
Service Figure 20 - 2000 PSI Cylinder
Mast Removal
1. Raise and block the front end of the truck 1ft. (30cm)
or drive the truck over a service pit.
2. Disconnect the lift truck supply hose from the mast
valve. Plug the hose end and cap the valve fitting. RETAINER
3. Attach overhead hoist with lifting strap routed under BLEED
all upper crossmembers. Take up slack in the strap. SCREW
4. Disconnect the tilt cylinders from the mast anchor
brackets. For reassembly, tighten the pin capscrews
to the truck manufacturer’s torque specifications.
SHELL
5. Disconnect the mast lower mounts.
6. For reassembly, tighten the capscrews to the truck
manufacturer’s torque specifications.
7. Lift away the mast.
8. For mast installation, refer to Section 2.1.
 WARNING
Do not stand the mast upright unless it is chained
to a support.
50D MAST PLUNGER/

PISTON
ASSEMBLY
5.2 Cylinders
5.2-1 2000 PSI Main Lift Cylinder
Description
The main lift cylinders are single stage piston type CHECK
cylinders. They consist of a shell and a telescoping VALVE
plunger/ Retainer piston assembly. During extension oil
pressure is acting against the full piston area. The truck
hoist control valve Bleed holds the cylinder in place once
extension has stopped. HYDRAULIC
The shell is internally threaded at the top end to hold the FUSE/
retainer. The retainer seals provide a high-pressure CUSHION
hydraulic seal against the plunger. The retainer also limits VALVE
the upward stroke of the plunger.
A piston is attached to the bottom end of the plunger. The
piston seal provides a high-pressure hydraulic seal
against the shell. A check valve is located in the bottom 5.2-2 2600 PSI Main Lift Cylinder
of the piston. The check valve allows residual oil between
the shell and plunger to escape when the cylinder is
Description
extending. The main lift cylinders are a single stage displacement
A hydraulic fuse/cushion valve is located in the cylinder type cylinders. They consist of a shell and a telescoping
port. In case of a hose failure between the lowering plunger/piston assembly. During extension the oil
control valve and cylinders, the fuse limits the lowering pressure is acting against the plunger outer diameter due
speed of the cylinder. The valve also cushions the piston to the
when the cylinder nears the fully lowered position.
7-14 F-528-0610 Edition

Bleed internal porting through the piston. The piston Figure 21 - 2600 PSI Cylinder
seals do not affect cylinder extension. The truck hoist
control valve holds the cylinders in place once extension
has stopped.
The shell is internally threaded at the top end to hold the
retainer. The retainer seals provide a high-pressure
RETAINER
hydraulic seal against the plunger. The retainer also limits
the upward stroke of the plunger. BLEED
A piston is attached to the bottom end of the plunger.The SCREW
against the shell that engages the cushion valve when
the cylinder is fully lowered.
A hydraulic fuse/cushion is located in the cylinder port. In
case of a hose failure between the lowering control valve SHELL
and cylinders, the fuse limits the lowering speed of the
cylinder. The valve also cushions the piston when the
cylinder nears the fully lowered position.
5.2-3 Free Lift Cylinder Description

The 2000 and 2600 psi free lift cylinders are single stage
piston type cylinders. They consist of a shell and a
plunger/ piston assembly. During extension the oil
pressure is acting against the full piston area. The truck
hoist control valve holds the cylinder in place once
extension has stopped. PLUNGER/
The shell is internally threaded at the top end to hold the PISTON
retainer. The retainer seal provide a high-pressure ASSEMBLY
hydraulic seal against the plunger. The retainer also limits
A piston is attached to the bottom end of the plunger. The
against the shell. A check valve is located in the bottom HYDRAULIC
on the piston. The check valve allows residual oil FUSE/
between the shell and plunger to escape when the CUSHION
cylinder is extending. A hydraulic fuse/cushion valve is VALVE
located in the cylinder port. In case of a hose failure
between the lowering control valve and cylinder, the fuse
limits the lowering speed of the cylinder
7-15
Figure 22 - Free Lift Cylinder Cylinders Raising

1. When the truck hoist control valve is actuated, oil
enters the lowering control valve through the inlet
port and flows unrestricted through the lowering
control cartridge.
2. Oil flows to the cylinder inlet ports. Due to the larger
bore diameter of the free lift cylinder compared to
both main lift cylinders, the free lift cylinder will raise
completely before the main lift cylinders raise.
Retainer 3. Oil flows through the free lift cylinder hydraulic fuse/
cushion valve to the bottom of the piston. Lifting force
is created against the bottom of the piston causing
the plunger to raise. Oil in the area between the
plunger and shell is allowed to escape through the
check valve in the piston as the plunger raises to the
end of its stroke.
4. 2000 PSI Piston Type Main Lift-Cylinders- Oil flows
through the hydraulic fuse/cushion valve to the
bottom of the piston. Lifting force is created against
the bottom of the piston causing the plunger to raise.
Oil in the area between the plunger and shell is
allowed to escape through the check valve in the
Shell piston as the plunger raises. 2600 PSI Displacement
Type Main Lift Cylinders- Oil flows through the
hydraulic fuse/cushion valve to the piston. The piston
is internally ported to allow oil flow to the area
between the plunger and shell. Lifting force is
Piston/Plunger
created that acts on the diameter of the plunger
Assembly
causing the plunger to raise.
5. When oil flow from the truck hoist control valve is
discontinued, the cylinders are held in position by the
closed center spool of the truck valve.
Cylinders Lowering
Check Valve 1. When the truck hoist control valve is actuated, the
(free flow in main lift then free lift cylinder plungers lower, forcing
direction of arrow) oil out through the hydraulic fuse/cushion valves.
NOTE
Hydraulic Fuse
The restriction setting of each hydraulic fuse is lower
Assembly
(allows more oil flow) than the setting of the lowering
control valve. The hydraulic fuses restrict flow only in the
instance of a lowering control valve or hose failure.
2. Oil flows to the lowering control valve where it is restricted
at a controlled speed determined by the load being
handled.
3. As the main lift cylinder pistons lower over the spear in the
bottom of the shell, a high pressure area is developed
between the piston and shell which engages the cushion
valve to restrict flow. This slows the piston/ plunger just
prior to bottoming providing a smooth transition to the free
lift cylinder lowering.
5.2-4 Cylinder Operation
7-16 F-528-0610 Edition

5.2-5 Main Lift Cylinder

MAIN FREE MAIN
LIFT LIFT LIFT Removal-Mast on Floor
CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER 1. Remove the mast from the truck as described in
Section 5.1
2. Lay the mast down on wooden blocks as shown.
Block under the outer upright so the inner upright will
be free to move. The carriage must be positioned
between the blocks and free to move.
3. Disconnect the cylinder supply hoses from the
cylinder inlet ports. Remove the special long fittings
from the cylinder ports and install plug fittings. NOTE:
Each fitting holds a compressed spring in place.
4. Remove the snap rings fastening the cylinder rods to
the intermediate upright.
5. Pull the inner and intermediate upright outward 2 ft.
(60 cm).
6. Lift the cylinder from the base mount and angle
inward to remove through the gap at the top of the
uprights.
7. Note the number of shims (if equipped) on each
cylinder rod.
8. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures
except as follows:
TRIPLE MAST
(MT)
HYDRAULIC
INLET
PORT
SCHEMATIC
Figure 23 - Cylinder Operation
7-17
 WARNING
Main lift cylinders must be bled to removed
trapped air prior to returning the mast to
operation
6
4
5.2-6 Free Lift Cylinder Figure 24 - Cylinder Removal
Removal-Mast on Floor 1. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures.

1. Remove the mast from the truck as described in
Section 5.1.
2. Lay the mast down as shown.
3. Roll the carriage toward the center of the cylinder to
slacken the chains and internal reeving hoses (if
equipped).
4. Disconnect the hose from the cylinder 45 degree fitting.
Cap the fitting and plug the hose.
5. Remove the chain guards from the crosshead. For
reassembly, tighten the capscrews to a torque of 48-52
ft.-lbs. (65-70 Nm).
6. Remove the snap ring fastening the crosshead to the
cylinder rod.
7. Pull the crosshead with chains and hoses (if equipped) off
the cylinder rod.
8. Remove the cylinder strap.
9. Remove the cylinder from the mast.
7-18 F-528-0610 Edition

3
4
8
6 7
Figure 25 -Cylinder Removal 2. Remove the cylinder strap.

3. Remove the chain guards from the crosshead. For
5.2-7 Free Lift Cylinder reassembly, tighten the capscrews to a torque of
48-52 ft.-lbs. (65-70 Nm).
Removal-Mast on Truck 4. Remove the snap ring fastening the crosshead to the
1. Completely lower the carriage. Remove forks or cylinder rod.
attachment if equipped. Make sure the free lift cylinder is 5. Pull the crosshead with chains and hoses (if
completely retracted. Attach an overhead hoist to the top equipped) off the cylinder rod and lay over upper
carriage bar. carriage bar.
 WARNING
6. Pry the cylinder up out of the support casting to gain
access to the cylinder hose fitting. Remove the hose
The carriage must be supported by a block while from the 45 degree fitting. Cap the fitting and plug the
removing the cylinder to avoid possible injury hose. Remove the cylinder from the mast from the
top.
7. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures.
1. Raise the carriage to the center of the cylinder to
slacken the chains and internal reeving hoses (if
equipped). Block the carriage in place using a 4 X 4
X 24 in. (10 X 10 X 60 cm) wood block between the
lower carriage bar and the floor.
7-19
Figure 26 - Cylinder Removal
2
5 6
7-20 F-528-0610 Edition

5.2-8 Main Lift Cylinder Service Figure 28 - Cylinder Service
1. Remove the cylinder from the mast as described in

Section 5.2-5.
2. Use a spanner wrench to remove the retainer. See
Figure 27.
3. Remove the plunger/piston assembly from the shell.
4. Remove the Hydraulic Fuse/Lowering Cushion
components.
5. Inspect all components for nicks or burrs. Minor nicks Retainer
or burrs can be removed with 400 grit emery cloth.
NOTE: Minor nicks are those that will not bypass oil
when under pressure. If they cannot be removed with
emery cloth, replace the part. If the piston requires
replacing, refer to Section 5.2-10.
6. Replace the retainer and piston seals, back-up rings
O-rings and bearing. Lubricate the new seals with
petroleum jelly prior to installation. Note the correct
seal directions. The cylinder will not operate correctly
if the seals are installed backwards.
7. 2000 PSI CYLINDERS-When replacing the piston
Piston/
check valve O-ring, make sure the check valve is Plunger
reinstalled with the arrow pointed in the correct Assembly
direction.
8. Install the plunger retainer on the plunger. Install the
plunger/piston assembly into the cylinder shell.
Tighten the retainer to the torque value listed below Check
Valve
30D/35D/40D- 95-125 ft.-lbs. (129-169 Nm)
50D/55D/60D- 225-250 ft.-lbs. (305-340 Nm)
Figure 27 - Spanner Wrench
3 Hydraulic
Fuse/
Lowering
Cushion
2 2
5.2-9 Free Lift Cylinder Service
1. Remove the cylinder from the mast as described in
Section 5.2-6 or 5.2-7.
2. Use a claw type spanner wrench to remove the
retainer. See Figure 29.
3. Remove the plunger/piston assembly from the shell.
4. Remove the Hydraulic Fuse/Lowering Cushion
components.
5. Inspect all components for nicks or burrs. Minor nicks
or burrs can be removed with 400 grit emery cloth.
6. NOTE: Minor nicks are those that will not bypass oil
when under pressure. If they cannot be removed with
emery cloth, replace the part. If the piston requires
replacing, refer to Section 5.2-10.
7-21
7. Replace the retainer and piston seals, back-up rings, Figure 30 - Cylinder Service
O-rings and bearing. Lubricate the new seals with
seal directions. The cylinder will not operate correctly
if the seals are installed backwards.
8. When replacing the piston check valve O-ring, make
sure the check valve is reinstalled with the arrow
pointed in the correct direction. Retainer
plunger/piston assembly into the cylinder shell. Pour
1/2 cup (120 ml) hydraulic oil into the cylinder cavity
between the shell and rod. Tighten the retainer to a
torque of 275-300 ft.-lbs. (375-405 Nm) using the
claw spanner wrench and a strap wrench.
Figure 29 - Claw Spanner Wrench Piston/

Plunger
Assembly
Check
Valve
Hydraulic
Fuse/
Lowering
Cushion
5.2-10 Piston Removal

1. Remove the plunger/piston assembly from the
cylinder shell as described in Section 5.2-8 or 5.2-9.
3
2. Use a strap wrench and 400 grit emery cloth to
secure the plunger while turning the piston with a pin
type spanner wrench
3. Turn the piston until the snap wire end is visible
through the hole. Use a screwdriver to start the wire
2 end out the hole. Turn the piston to feed the wire out.
2
4. Pull the piston from the plunger.
Figure 31 - Piston Removal 5. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures
except as follows: *Install a new snap ring when
installing the piston.
7-22 F-528-0610 Edition

5.2-11 Cylinder Bleeding 4. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures.
 WARNING  WARNING
Replacing the valve cartridge with a different part
The cylinders must be bled to remove air. Air in
no. cartridge may cause the mast to malfunction.
the cylinders will compress on the first extension
which could rupture the cylinders causing
serious bodily injury and property damage.
After repair, the cylinders may have air trapped in them

that must removed. To bleed air do the following:
1. Without a load extend the free lift cylinder and
continue to extend the main lift cylinders to 90% of
full stroke. Retract all cylinders completely. Repeat
three times. 5.4 Carriage
2. Extend the cylinders without a load at 50% full
engine speed then build to full system pressure at the 5.4-1 Description
end of the main lift cylinder stroke. Electric trucks -
limit the control valve movement to achieve 50% The carriage shown below is the structure that hook-type
speed. Retract all cylinders. Repeat four times. forks or attachments are attached. The carriage travels
within the rails of the mast inner upright on four (or six
3. Cycle the mast with a half load (50% mast rated
optional) shim adjustable rollers. The rollers are held in
capacity) through full cylinder extension several
the uprights*. All load rollers are interchangeable.There
times. The cylinders should extend smoothly. Repeat
are four side thrust rollers to transfer carriage side
the steps if cylinder extension is not smooth.
loading to the inner rails. These rollers are eccentrically
Figure 32 - Valve Cartridge Service adjustable. A pair of chain anchors are used to connect
the carriage chains to the carriage, except on 6 roller
carriages where the top roller extends past the top of the
mast inner upright at full extention and are held down.
3
CARRIAGE
2 LICENSE
PIN
SIDE COTTER
THRUST PIN CHAIN
ROLLER ANCHOR
SHIM
LOAD
ROLLERS
5.3 Valve
5.3-1 Valve Cartridge Service JAM
NUT
1. Completely lower the mast. CHAIN
2. Remove the truck supply hose from the valve ANCHOR
cartridge. Plug the hose. NUT
3. Remove the valve cartridge from the valve. Note the
stamped part no. on the Cartridge for ordering a
replacement. Figure 33 - Carriage Service
7-23
5.4-2 Carriage Removal-Mast on Truck Figure 35 - Carriage Removal
1. Raise the mast high enough to place a 20 in. (50 cm)

long, 4X4 in. (10 X 10cm) wood block between the
intermediate lower crossmember and the ground.
Lower the carriage to be even with the bottom of the
inner upright.
2. Attach an overhead hoist to the carriage. Raise the 2
carriage to slacken the chains.
3. Remove the chain anchor nuts. Note the location of
the double nuts for reassembly.
4. Disconnect the internal reeving hoses from the
carriage fittings (if equipped). Plug the hose ends.
5. Using the overhead hoist, lower the carriage to the

bottom of the mast to remove.
6. Note the number of shims behind each load roller for
reassembly.
7-24 F-528-0610 Edition

7. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures 10. *Assemble shims and load rollers on the carriage
except as follows: stub shafts. The shims should be installed to provide
8. *Inspect the carriage as described in Section 5.4-4. a total side to side clearance no more than 1.16 in.
(1.5mm) the the tightest point throughout the total
9. *Lubricate the inner upright rails with chassis lube or
side to side clearance no looser than 1/16 in. (1.5
Kendall SR-12X.
mm) at the tightest point throughout the travel of the
10. *Assemble shims and load rollers on the stub shafts. carriage. Use an equal amount of shims side to side.
The shims should be installed to provide a total side
11. *Adjust the carriage side thrust rollers for
to side clearance no looser than 1/16 in. (1.5 cm) at
unrestricted clearance along the travel of the
the tightest point throughout the travel of the
carriage. The rollers have eccentric mount bases.
carriage. Use an equal amount of shims side to side.
Turn base of rollers toward the upright rail to
11. *Adjust the carriage side thrust rollers for decrease clearance. Tighten to a torque of 70-80
unrestricted clearance along the travel of the ft.-lbs. (96-110 Nm).
carriage. The rollers have eccentric mount bases.
12. *Check and adjust the free lift chains as described in
Turn the base of the roller toward the upright rail to
Section 5.6-4 and 5.6-6.
decrease clearance. Tighten the capscrews to a
torque of 70-80 ft.-lbs. (95-110 Nm).
12. *Check and adjust the free lift chains as described in
Section 5.6-4 and 5.6-6. Figure 36 - Rail Lubrication
Figure 34 - Rail Lubrication & Carriage Side Thrust Figure 38 - Carriage Side Thrust Rollers
Rollers
5.4-3 Carriage Removal-Mast on Floor Carriage

Side
1. Remove mast from truck as described in Section 5.1. Thrust
2. Remove chain anchor nuts. Note location of double Rollers
nuts for reassembly. Remove the chain anchors.
3. Disconnect the internal reeving hoses for the
4. Roll the carriage tot he bottom of the mast.
5. Attach an overhead hoist to the carriage for bars.
Remove the carriage through the bottom of the mast.
6. Note the number of shims located behind each load

roller for reassembly.
7. For reassembly, reverse the above procedure except
as follows:
8. *Inspect the carriage as descriabed in Section 5.4-4.
9. *Lubricate the inner upright rails with chassis lube or
Kendall Sr-12X.
7-25
Figure 37 - Carriage Removal 4. Inspect the roller stub shafts. If they are damaged or
if there are cracks at the base of the stub shafts, the
carriage must be replaced or repaired. Contact Lift
Tek for repair procedures.
5
CARRIAGE
2 LICENSE
5
PIN
SIDE COTTER
THRUST PIN CHAIN
ROLLER ANCHOR
SHIM
LOAD
ROLLERS
Figure 37 - 2000 PSI Cylinder

JAM
NUT
5.4-4 Carriage Inspection CHAIN
ANCHOR
1. Inspect the rollers for excessive wear or damage. NUT
Rollers with visible flat spots or cracks should be
replaced.
2. Inspect the roller bearings by turning the rollers on
their shafts. Rollers with roughness or noticeable Figure 39 - Carriage
restrictions to turning should be replaced.
3. Inspect all welds between the carriage side plates
and the carriage fork bars. If any welds are cracked,
replace the carriage.
7-26 F-528-0610 Edition

5.5 Mast Uprights The intermediate upright assembly telescopes within the
outer upright assembly. A pair of shim adjustable load
rollers are attached to stub shafts located near the top of
5.5-1 Upright Description the upright.
Outer Upright Assembly Inner Upright Assembly
The outer upright assembly is mounted to the truck. A The inner upright assembly telescopes within the
pair of shim adjustable load rollers are attached to stub intermediate upright assembly. A pair of shim adjustable
shafts located near the top of the upright. A pair of load rollers are attached to stub shafts located at the
adjustable hoist chain anchors are located on the top bottom of the upright. The free lift chain anchors are
crossmember. attached to the center crossmember. The free lift cylinder
Intermediate Upright Assembly rests on a cradle which is integral with the lower
crossmember.
Outer
Upright
Intermediate
Upright
Inner
Upright
Figure 40 - Mast Uprights
7-27
5.5-2 Upright Operation Figure 41 - Upright Operation
Fully Lowered Inner

The main lift chains are anchored to the outer upright top Upright
crossmember then travel over the intermediate upright
chain sheaves and attach to the inner upright anchors. Chain Sheaves
The free lift chains are anchored to the inner upright
Free Lift
center crossmember then travel over the free lift cylinder
Chains
chain sheaves and attach to the carriage chain anchors.
Carriage
Free Lift
Actuating the truck hoist valve causes the free lift cylinder
to raise which draws the carriage to the top of the inner
upright.
Full Extension Outer

Upright
When the free Lift cylinder reaches the end of its stroke
the main lift cylinders begin to rise. The extension of the
cylinders causes the intermediate and inner uprights to Main Lift
raise. Chains
Lowering
The main lift cylinders lower at the same time. Once the Main Lift
main lift cylinder have not bottomed out, the free lift Cylinders
cylinder begins to lower resulting in a smooth lowering of
the carriage.
Free Lift
Cylinders
7-28 F-528-0610 Edition

5.5-3 Upright Disassembly

1. Remove the mast assembly from the truck as
described in Section 5.1.
2. Remove the main lift cylinders from the mast as
described in Section 5.2-5.
3. Turn the mast over.
4. Remove the free lift cylinder from the mast as
5. Remove the carriage from the mast as described in
Section 5.4-3.
6. Remove the internal hose reeving sheave and hoses
(if equipped).
7. Remove the pins fastening the free lift chains to the
inner upright chain anchors.
 CAUTION
The chain anchor nuts should be used one time
only and then be replaced
8. Remove the main lift chain anchors (long anchors)

from the inner upright lower back side. Tag the
anchors for reassembly.
9. Remove the pins fastening the free lift chains to the
inner upright chain anchors.
10. Remove the free lift cylinder supply hose and sheave.
Remove the main lift chain sheaves.
11. Roll the inner upright downward to expose the inner
and intermediate upright load rollers. Remove the
load rollers. Note the number of shims behind each
load roller.
12. Attach an overhead hoist to the inner upright.
Remove the inner upright through the top of the
intermediate upright.
13. Remove the main lift chain anchors (long anchors)
and chains from the outer upright cross member. Tag
the anchors for reassembly.
14. Roll the inner upright downward to expose the
intermediate and outer upright load rollers. Note the
number of shims behind each load roller.
15. Attach an overhead hoist to the intermediate upright.
Remove the intermediate upright through the top of
the outer upright.
7-29
8
11
9
11 11
11
5.5-4 Upright Inspection Figure 42 - Upright Disassembly
1. Inspect the load rollers for excessive wear or

damage. Rollers with visible flat spots or cracks
should be replaced.
2. Inspect the load roller bearings by turning the rollers
on their shafts. Rollers with roughness or noticeable
3. Inspect the load roller stub shafts. If they are
damaged or have cracks at the base, the upright
mast must be replaced or repaired.
4. Inspect the outer and intermediate upright thrust
plugs. If the wear surface is worn to less than 1/16 in.
(1.5 mm), they should be replaced.
7-30 F-528-0610 Edition

1. Inspect the hoist chains as described in Section

5.6-1
14
14
13
14
14
Figure 43 - Upright Disassembly 6. Attach an overhead hoist to the inner upright. Install
the inner upright through the top of the intermediate
5.5-5 Upright Reassembly upright.
Figure 45 - Channel Lubrication Area
1. Lubricate the outer upright rails with chassis lube or
Kendall SR-12X. See Figure 45. Upright
Rail
2. Attach an overhead hoist to the intermediate upright.
Install the intermediate uptight through the top of the
outer upright.
Lube
3. Install the thrust plugs to the uprights. Here
4. Assemble shims and load rollers to the outer upright
1 5
and lower intermediate upright stub shafts. The
shims should be installed to provide a total side to Lube
side clearance no looser than 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) at the Here
tightest point throughout the travel in the upright. Use
an equal amount of shims side to side. NOTE: Roll
the upright past the thrust plugs before checking
roller clearances.
5. Lubricate the intermediate upright rails with chassis
lube or Kendall SR-12X
7-31
Figure 46 - Mast Reassembly
4
2
2
7. Assemble shims and load rollers to the intermediate

upright top and inner upright lower stub shafts. The
shims should be installed to provide a total side
clearance no loosest than 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) at the
tightest point throughout the travel in the upright. Use
an equal amount of shims side to side. NOTE: Roll
the upright past the thrust plugs before checking
roller clearances.
8. Install the chain sheave and free lift hose sheave to
the intermediate upright. Tighten the capscrew to a
9. Install the main lift chain anchors (long anchors) and
chains to the outer upright cross member.
7-32 F-528-0610 Edition

Thin Jam
Nut
10. Install the chain anchors (long anchors) to the back

side of the inner upright lower cross member. Figure 47 - Mast Assembly
11. Pull the main lift chains over the chain sheaves and
attach to the lower inner upright chain anchors.
12. Install the free lift chain anchors (short anchors) and
chains to the inner upright center cross member.
13. Install the free lift cylinder supply hose through the
hole in the outer upright top cross member and over
the sheave on the intermediate top upright.
14. Install the carriage as described in Section 4.5-3.
15. Install the free lift cylinder as described in Section
5.2-6.
16. Install the internal reeving sheave and hoses (if
equipped) as described in Section 2.4.
17. Turn the mast over.
18. Install the main lift cylinders as described in Section
5.2-5.
19. Install the mast to the truck as described in Section
5.1.
20. Adjust the main lift and free lift chains as described
in Sections 5.6-3 and 5.6-4. Check for mast skewing
as described in Section 5.5-6
7-33
Thin Jam
Nut
Figure 48 - Upright Assembly
7-34 F-528-0610 Edition

5.5-6 Mast Skewing

Figure 50 - Extended Upright
1. Extend the mast to the full lift height.
2. *If the mast kicks to the right at full extension, a shim 1
(part no. 200524) needs to be installed to the right
hand main lift cylinder rod.
3. *If the mast kicks to the left at full extension, a shim
(part no. 200524) needs to be installed to the left
hand main lift cylinder rod.
4. Place a 6 in. (15 cm) long, 2 X 2 in. (5 X 5 cm) angle
iron between the top of the main lift cylinder and the Freelift
cross member. See Figure 45. Lower the cross Cylinder
member onto the angle iron.
1 1
5. Remove the snap ring from the cylinder to be
adjusted. Open the truck valve to allow the center
(free lift) cylinder to fully retract. Tap the main lift
cylinder rod down past the cross member to install
the shim.
6. Slowly hydraulically power the main lift cylinder back
into the cross member and reinstall the snap ring.
7. Repeat steps through until skewing is removed.
Figure 49 - Shim Install Right

Left Hand
Snap Ring and Hand Main
Shim Assembly Snap Ring Main Lift
Intermediate Lift Cylinder
Upright Cylinder
Outer
Upright
Three
Stage
Mast
Angle Iron
7-35
5.6 Chains
Figure 51 - Chain Inspection
5.6-1 Inspection and Tension
Each pair of chains has been factory-lubricated using
heat and pressure to force the lubricant thoroughly into
the chain links. Avoid removal or contamination of this
factory applied lubricant. Do not wash, sand blast, etch,
CRACKED SIDE PLATES
steam clean, or paint the chains on initial mast
installation.
The chains must be adjusted with equal tension to
ensure proper load distribution and mast operation. To
determine equal tension, extend the unloaded mast to
put the chains under tension. Press the center of a strand
of chain with your thumb, then press at the same place
on the other chain of the pair. Each chain in a pair should
have equal “give”. If tension is not equal, adjust the
TIGHT PIN JOINTS
chains as described in Chain Adjustment.
Inspect the chains. If inspection reveals that one strand of
a pair of chains requires replacement, both strands of the
pair should be replaced.
NOTE
• *Check for rust and corrosion.
• *Check for cracked side plates. If you find cracked
side plates, replace both strands of chain.
• *Check for tight joints. If tight joints are caused by PEENED EDGES
rust or corrosion, loosen them with SAE 40 wt. oil or
penetrating oil. If they cannot be loosened, or if the
tight joints are caused by bent pins or plates or by
peened plate edge, replace both strands of the chain.
• *Check for protruding or turned pins. Replace both
strands of the chain.
• *Check for chain side wear. If pins and outside plates
show signs of wear, check for misalignment sheaves, LOOSE PINS
anchors or other components. Correct the
misalignment. If wear is excessive, replace both
strands of chain.
• *Check for worn, broken or misaligned chain
anchors. Replace or adjust as required.
• *Lubricate the full length of the chains with SAE 40
wt. oil or Bowman Heavy Load Red Grease.
TURNED PINS
7-36 F-528-0610 Edition

5.6-2 Measuring Chain Stretch Figure 53 - Upright and Carriage Position
Regular inspection and lubrication of the chains will CUSHION PNEUMATIC

increase their service life and reduce downtime. If the TIRE TIRE
chains stretch beyond the recommended amount, they 3 IN. 5 IN.
should be replaced in pairs. Chain stretch can be UNDER- UNDER-
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
measured with chain wear scale. Measure the chains
according to the instructions printed on the chain wear
scale, without a load on the carriage.
• *to check the free lift chains, raise the carriage 1 UPRIGHTS
ft.(30 cm) off the ground to put tension on the chains. AND
CARRIAGE
• *To check the main lift chains, raise the mast until the FLUSH
inner upright starts to extend ensuring tension on the
chains. CARRIAGE
Figure 52 - Measuring Chain Stretch 2 IN.
BELOW
New Stretched UPRIGHTS
Chain Chain
A
A
Figure 55 - Main Lift Chains
Main
Lift
Chain
Adjusting
Nuts
5.6-4 Free Lift Chain Adjustment

A
A
Chain
Wear The free lift chains should be adjusted so that when the
Scale unloaded mast is fully lowered, the upright channels and
carriage are positioned as shown in Figure 53.
5.6-3 Main Lift Chain Adjustment 1. Locate the threaded chain anchors on the front side
of the inner upright cross member on each side of
The main lift chains should be adjusted so that when the the cylinder. Adjust one chain to achieve the correct
unloaded mast is fully lowered, the uprights are upright position when fully lowered. See Figure 54.
positioned as shown in figure . 2. Adjust the other chain to achieve equal chain tension.
1. Adjust one chain to achieve the correct upright Tighten the nuts together to a torque of 50-70 ft.-lbs.
position when fully lowered. See Figure 55. (68095 Nm).
2. Adjust the other chain to achieve equal chain tension. 3. Raise and lower the mast several times to confirm
Tighten the nuts together to a torque of 50-70 ft.-lbs. the adjustments.
(98-96 Nm).
3. Raise and lower the mast several times to confirm
the adjustments.
7-37
Figure 54 - Free Lift Chains 2. Inspect the chain anchors for cracks. Replace as
required.
Adjust the chains as described in Section 5.6-4.
Figure 57 - Free Lift Chains
Thin
Jam
Nut
Free Lift
Adjusting Nuts
2
5.6-5 Main Lift Chain Service
1. Raise the inner upright 3 ft. (90 cm). Place a 3 ft. (90
1
cm) block under the free lift cylinder support casting,
then lower the cylinder support onto the block. The
main lift chains should be slack.
2. Remove the cotter pins and pins from the chain
anchors. Remove the chains.
3. Inspect the chain anchors for cracks. Replace as required.
4. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures. Adjust the
chains as described in Section 5.6-3.
Figure 56 - Main Chains
Thin
Jam
Nut
5.6-6 Free Lift Chain Service

1. Raise the carriage 12 in. (30 cm). Place a 12 in. (30
cm) block under the carriage, then lower the carriage
onto the block. The free lift chains should be slack.
See figure 52.
1. Remove the cotter pins and pins from the chain anchors.
Remove the chains.
7-38 F-528-0610 Edition

1.2 Special Definitions
 CAUTION
A statement preceded by Caution is information
that should be acted upon to prevent machine
damage.
 WARNING
Service Manual A statement preceded by the warning! sign is
information that should be acted upon to prevent
bodily injury.
35D/45D
Quad Mast IMPORTANT
Manual Part Number 209074 R6 A statement preceded by Important that possesses
Lift Technologies, Inc. 2005 special significance .
NOTE
1.1 Introduction A statement preceded by Note is information that is
This manual provides the installation Instructions, handy to know and may make your job easier
periodic maintenance requirements, troubleshooting and
service procedures for the Lift Tek Series Quad roller 1.3 Tool Requirements
masts. These masts provide excellent visibility for the lift
truck driver. The mast carriage and upright channels are Listed below are the minimum tools needed to work on a
all roller-mounted which provides smooth operation and truck mast.
long service life. METRIC: 17, 19, 24 mm Open End or Socket Wrench
In any communication about the mast, refer to the mast INCH: 3/4, 13/16, 7/8, 15/16, 1.0, 1-1/16 in Open End or
serial number stamped in the nameplate. If the Socket Wrench.
nameplate 1/8 in. Allen Wrench
is missing, these numbers are also stamped on the Snap Ring Pliers
left-hand upper check plate. See Figure 1. Claw Type Spanner Wrench
Figure 1 - Mast Serial Location Strap Wrench
Torque Wrench
45D-M!-001-00025-M
2 lb. Dead Blow Hammer
2.1 Truck System Requirements

To achieve maximum lifting capacity of the mast, the
Stamped truck relief valve should be set to relieve at the pressure
Serial indicated in the chart below. This chart also indicates the
Number
hose fitting size to use between the truck control valve
and masts valve.
(Left-Hand
Side of * Valve inlet port is 3/4 in. SAE O-ring. See Figure 2.
Outer
Upright)
Example:
45D-MQ-001-00025-M
7-39
Figure 3 - Determining Mounting Bracket Location

 WARNING
For proper truck stability or to prevent
interference, tilt restriction may be required.
Contact the truck manufacturer. Truck
Cowl
IMPORTANT
Lift Tek Masts are compatible with SAE 10W
petroleum base oil per Mil. Spec. MIL-0-5606 or
MIL-0-2104 B only. Use of synthetic or aqueous base
hydraulic oil is not recommended. If fire resistant
hydraulic oil must be used, contact Lift Tek Tilt
Cylinder
Relief Pressure - 2600 psi
Hose Size - No. 8 min.
Fitting* Size - 13/32 in. Orifice
Figure 2. Valve inlet Port.
Figure 2 - Valve Inlet Port
2.3 Mast Installation

1. Raise and block the front end of the truck 1ft. (30
cm) per ANSI B56.1 or drive the truck over a service
pit.
2. Install the bearings to lower the axle mounts.
3. Lubricate the bearing surfaces of the lower axle and
tilt cylinder mounting brackets with chassis grease.
4. Lift the mast using an overhead hoist with chain
hooks attached to the upper outer cross member.
Position the mast lower the axle mounts on the truck
axle. Install the mount caps and capscrews. Tighten
the capscrews to the truck manufacturer’s torque
specifications.
2.2 Mounting Bracket IMPORTANT
Installation Prior to connecting the tilt cylinders to the mast,
If it is necessary to install mounting brackets and cross make sure the cylinders “bottom” evenly. Adjust the
members to fit your lift truck, consult with the nearest Lift tilt cylinders to prevent the mast from “racking”
Tek Service Department listed on the back cover. You during tilting.
must supply dimensions A through F shown in Figure 3. 5. Connect the lift truck supply hose to the mast valve.
Failure to install the correct brackets and cross members 6. Connect the tilt cylinders to the mast anchor
can result in mast structural failure, bodily injury and loss brackets. Tighten the pin capscrews to the truck
of warranty. manufacturer’s torque specifications.
NOTE
Use as few fittings as possible and always use 45º fittings
instead of 90º fittings. Keep the hose lengths to a
minimum. Avoid sharp bends or pinch points when
routing the hose.
7-40 F-528-0610 Edition

7. Check the hydraulic fluid level in the truck hydraulic 2.4 Mast
Inspection and
tank when the Mast is fully lower. Fill if required.
Figure 4 - Mast Installation
Adjustments
 CAUTION
The factory-set adjustments may not be correct
for your truck
Check each of the following before using the Mast for the
first time.
1. Inspect all chains for lubrication.
2. Inspect all chains for any visible damage.
3. Inspect the main lift chain adjustment for proper
tension and upright position.
4. Inspect the free lift chain adjustment for proper
tension and carriage position.
5. Inspect for lubrication in the Mast upright channels.
6. Check for Mast skewing.
Figure 5 - Correct Position for Uprights and Carruage
CUSHION PNEUMATIC
TIRE TIRE
3 IN. 5 IN.
UNDER- UNDER-
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
5
6
UPRIGHTS
AND
CARRIAGE
FLUSH
CARRIAGE
2 IN.
BELOW
UPRIGHTS
4
2.4-1 Chain Lubrication
2 3
The main and free lift chains have been factory lubricated
using heat and pressure to force the lubrication
thoroughly into the chain links. Avoid removal or
contamination of this factory-applied lubrication. Do not
wash, sand blast, etch, steam clean, or paint the chains
for initial Mast installation. If chains need lubrication,
refer to Section 5.6. Chain Service.
7-41
2.4-2 Upright and Carriage Position, Chain Figure 7 - Lubricating Upright Channels
Tension Lubric ation
The main lift chains should be adjusted so that when the
unloaded Mast is fully lowered, the uprights are flush at
the bottom (see Figure 5). The free lift chains should be
adjusted so that when the unloaded Mast is fully lowered,
the carriage is properly positioned depending on the
truck type (see figure 6).
All chains should also be adjusted for equal tension of the
pairs to ensure proper load distribution and mast Upright Rails
operation. Figure 6 - Adjusting Chain Anchor Location
2.4-3 Channel Lubrication

Inspect the upright channels for lubrication. If necessary,
lubricate the full length of each upright channel with
chassis lube or Kendall SR-12X.
Outer Main
Inner Lift Chain 2.4-4 Mast Skewing
Main Adjusting Extend the mast to full lift height and inspect for mast
Lift Nuts
Chain skewing (see Figure 8).
Adjust • * If the mast bends to the right at full extension, a
Nuts shim(s) needs to be removed from the left main lift
cylinder rod.
• * If the mast bends to the left at full extension, a
shim(s) needs to be installed on the left main lift
cylinder rod. To adjust the Mast to eliminate skewing,
perform the Mast Skewing Adjustment as
Free Lift described in Section 5.5-6.
Chain
Adjusting
Nuts Fig 9 Blocking Upright to Retract LH Main Lift Cylinder Rod
Outer
Inter-
Snap mediate
Ring upright
Chains are adjusted at the chain anchors (see Figure 6 ).

To determine equal tension, extend the unloaded mast to Shim
put the chains under tension. Then press the center of
the strand with your thumb. Then press at the same place
on the other chain of the pair. Each chain in a pair should 4 X 4 wood
have equal “give”. If the uprights or carriage are not in block (10 X 10 CM)
correct adjustment, of if the chain pairs do not have equal
tension, perform the Main Lift and Free Lift Chain
Outer Upright
Adjustments as described in Section 5.6-3 and 5.6-4.
7-42 F-528-0610 Edition

Figure 8 - Extending Mast to Check for Skewing Figure 10 - Crosshead Installation
Free
Lift
Cylinder
NOTE
For PIDs 45D-MQ-001 through 45D-MQ3233 the
crosshead was a six sheave design. The current
crosshead design uses two sheaves for improved service
life. When replacing the crosshead components on the
above PIDs, the six sheave crosshead should be
converted to two sheave crosshead design. Contact
Right Lift-Tek parts for conversion kit part numbers.
Left
Hand Hand 2. Install the carriage hose bracket to the center tab on
Main Main the lower carriage bar.
Lift Lift 3. Install the fittings to the bracket (see Figure 11).
Cylinder Cylinder • * Single Function - Install the fittings to the left or
right side location. Tighten the fittings finger-tight.
• * Double Function - Install the fittings to the left and
right side location. Tighten the fittings finger-tight.
Figure 11 - Installing Hose Brackets
2.4-2 Internal Reeving STANDARD

1. Install the shaft, tires and hose guards to the
crosshead center plate (see Figure 10). Leave the
capscrew and nut finger-tight to allow for hose
installation.
7-43
Figure 11 - Installing Hose Brackets and Fittings 8. Position the hoses with the tabs on the inner upright
bracket as shown in figure 13.
OR
3 9. Loosen the crosshead cover plate capscrew. Route
the hoses up over the crosshead rollers.
10. Completely lower the carriage. Route the hoses
down behind the carriage bar to the carriage bracket
fittings. Connect the hose ends to the fittings leaving
SINGLE DOUBLE
FUNCTION FUNCTION the hose ends finger tight.
11. Install the lower hose guide and spacer to the outer
4. Make up two hose assemblies by connecting the two intermediate upright. Tighten the capscrews to a
short hoses to the two long hoses. torque of 37 ft.-lbs. (50 Nm).
5. Install the shaft, sheave(s), shim and hardware to the 12. Install the hose clamps to the lower hose guide.
inner intermediate upright chain sheave shaft. Leave the capscrews finger tight.
Tighten the capscrew to 37 ft-lbs. (50 Nm). 13. Route hoses down to the lower hose guide. Place
6. Route the hose ends over the inner intermediate hoses under the hose clamp at the top of the lower
upright sheave(s) down to the inner upright bracket. hose guide. Pull hoses downward with 20 lbs. force.
7. The short hose routes over the cylinder crosshead. Tighten clamp enough to stop hose movement.
Figure 12 - Installing Internal Hose Reeving
Outer
Outer Upright
Intermediate
Inner Upright
intermediate
Upright
14. Install the upper hose guide to the outer upright. 15. Install the hose clamps to the upper hose guide.
Tighten the capscrew to 37 ft.-lbs. (50 Nm). Leave the capscrews finger tight.
7-44 F-528-0610 Edition

16. Route the hoses up into the upper hose guide.

17. Route the hoses under the hose clamps at the top of
the upper hose guide. Tighten the capscrews finger
tight.
18. Route the hoses under the hose clamps at the
bottom of the upper hose guide. Do not tighten the
clamp capscrews.
19. Tighten the crosshead cover plate capscrew to a
20. Align the hoses by twisting the hose ends to travel
centered in the crosshead on the natural curve of the
hose. The hoses should travel parallel to each other.
Hold the hoses while tightening the fittings to keep
the hoses from twisting.
21. Loosen the hose clamps at the top of the lower hose
guide. Pull down on the hoses with 40 lbs. of force.
Tighten the hose clamp capscrews to 7-11 ft.-lbs.
(10-15 Nm).
22. Loosen the hose clamps on the upper hose guide.
Adjust the hoses to the natural hose bend and align
evenly spaced in the guide rails. Tighten the hose
clamp capscrews to 7-11 ft.-lbs. (10-15 Nm).
23. Raise and lower the Mast slowly through several
cycles and check for proper hose alignment,
clearances and hose tracking in the guides
7-45
Figure 13 - Installing Internal Hose Reeving
16
6 8
8 12
15
17
7
9
7-46 F-528-0610 Edition

NOTE
4 For PIDs 45D-MQ-001 through 45D-MQ3233 the
crosshead was a six sheave design. The current
crosshead design uses two sheaves for improved service
life. When replacing the crosshead components on the
above PIDs, the six sheave crosshead should be
converted to two sheave crosshead design. Contact
4
Lift-Tek parts for conversion kit part numbers.
Upper
Hose
Guard
3 4
2. SINGLE FUNCTION- Install the carriage bracket to

the center tab on the lower carriage bar. Tighten the
center tab nut to a torque of 37-40 ft.-lbs. (50-54
Nm).
3 3. DOUBLE FUNCTION – Do not install carriage
bracket.
Lower
Hose
Guard
Internal ReevingHi-VIS
4. 1) Route the hoses down and behind the upper fork
1. Install the shafts, sheaves and hose guards to the bar.
crosshead center plate. Leave the capscrew and nut
5. 2) Start all hose fittings on the bulkhead fittings of the
finger tight to allow hose installation.
carriage termination bracket.
6. 3) Install the carriage termination bracket and torque
nut to 37-40 ft.lbs. (50-54 Nm).
7-47
7. 4) Tighten the hose fittings and jam nuts. 23. Pull down on the hoses with 40 lbs. force. Clamp the
8. 5) Check the outer bulkhead/hose fittings are not hoses to the top of the middle hose guide. Tighten
misaligned where the fittings will create interference the clamp capscrews to a torque of 11ft.lbs. (15 Nm).
with the chain ends. 24. Clamp the hoses to the lower location on the middle
9. Install fittings to the carriage bracket. hose guide. Arrange the hoses in the clamps as
shown. Tighten the capscrews to a torque of 11
10. SINGLE FUNCTION – Install the fittings pointing left
ft.-lbs. (15 Nm).
or right as required. Tighten the fittings finger tight.
25. Install the upper hose guide to the tapped bar on the
11. DOUBLE FUNCTION – Install the fittings to the left
outer upright. Leave the capscrews loose.
and right side location. Tighten the fittings finger
tight. 26. Loop the hoses 5 in. (125 mm) below the bottom of
the middle hose guide and route upward into the
upper hose guide.
OR
3 27. Feed the hose ends up between the chain anchors.
Install the hose retainer bar at the top of the upper
hose guide. Tighten the capscrews to a torque of 11
ft.-lbs. (15 Nm).
28. Install the guide bar between the upper hose guide
SINGLE DOUBLE and tapped bar on the outer upright. Route the hoses
FUNCTION FUNCTION to the right of the guide bar. Tighten the guide
capscrews to a torque of 36 ft.-lbs. (50 Nm).
12. Install the bracket and sheaves to the inner
29. Clamp the hoses to the guide bar. Tighten the
intermediate upright. Tighten capscrews to 37 ft.-lbs.
capscrews to a torque of 11 ft.-lbs. (15 Nm).
(50 Nm).
30. Clamp the hoses to the back side of the upper hose
13. SINGLE FUNCTION: Install sheaves to the top
guide. Tighten the capscrews to a torque of 11 ft.-lbs.
shafts.
(15 Nm).
14. Install the middle hose guide to the outer
intermediate upright. Tighten capscrews to a torque
of 37 ft.-lbs. (50 Nm).
15. Connect the short hoses to the carriage bracket
fittings. Hand tighten the fittings.
16. Connect to the two right fittings (viewed from the
drivers seat).
17. Route the hoses over the crosshead sheaves.
Tighten the cover capscrew to a torque of 63 ft.-lbs.
(85 Nm).
18. Route the hoses down between the freelift cylinder
and cross member. Position the hoses in their natural
curve over the crosshead sheaves. Tighten the hose
ends at the carriage bracket.
19. Connect the long hoses to the short hoses behind
the freelift cylinder. DOUBLE FUNCTION: The right
side hoses (viewed from the drivers seat) are
approximately 14 in. (355 mm) longer than the left
side hoses.
20. Pull down on the hoses with approximately 30 lbs.
force. Clamp the hoses to the lower bracket attached
to the inner upright cross member. Tighten the clamp
capscrew to a torque of 11 ft.-lbs. (15 Nm).
21. Route hoses up to the left through the guide. Position
the hoses in the guide as indicated. Installthe retainer
bar with the end in the bracket slot.
22. Route hoses up and over the upper bracket sheaves,
then down to the middle hose guide.
7-48 F-528-0610 Edition

Outer
Outer Upright
Intermediate
Inner Upright
intermediate
Upright
Internal Reeving Hi-Vis Hose/Bracket Adjust

1. Raise the mast slowly checking all guides and
brackets for proper clearances and alignment.
2. Check for a sufficient length of hose between the
middle and upper hose guides at full extension.
3. Check the hoses for proper tracking over the
sheaves.
4. Check the hoses for even tracking in the hose guides.
5. Raise and lower the mast slowly through several
cycles for a final check. Check all clamp capscrew
torque values and retighten if necessary to 11 ft.-lbs.
(15 Nm).
NOTE: Left Hand IHR is installed the same as Right
Hand IHR with the exception that the IHR hoses route left
to right from the lower inner bracket to the back of the
mast.
7-49
3.1 Periodic Maintenance

For proper operation and an extended service lift, the
quad Mast should be inspected and serviced regularly as
part of your normal lift truck maintenance schedule
according to the following outlines and ANSI B56.1
procedures. The recommended intervals are for masts
operating under normal conditions. If operation is in
severe conditions or corrosive atmospheres, inspect the
mast more frequently,
 WARNING
Never work on a raised mast with a load without
supports, or while anyone is near the lift truck
control handles per ANSI B56.1.
3.1-1 Daily Inspection

Perform the following at the beginning of each work shift:
3 1. Extend the carriage a few inches off the ground and
make sure the chains are under equal tension. Refer
to Section 5.6-3 and 5.6-4 for chain adjustment.
2. Extend the mast to full height to make sure the
uprights and carriage extend freely without binding.
3. While the mast is extended, inspect the upright rails
for lubrication. Refer to Section 5.5-5, Step 1 for
lubrication.
4. Make sure the internal reeving hoses (if equipped)
travel evenly in the hose guides. Adjust the hose
ends if required. Tighten loose fittings, avoid any
hose twist.
7-50 F-528-0610 Edition

Fig 14 - Measuring Load Roller & Thrust Plug Clearance 1. Measure load roller clearances in the carriage and
Mast uprights. Pry between the upright and load
Pry Load
roller so that the opposite load roller is tight against
Here Rollers
the upright (see Figure 14 ). Total side-to-side
clearance should be 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) max. across
the tightest point throughout the travel of the upright.
If shimming is required, refer to Section 5.4-2,
Carriage Removal for carriage rollers, or Section
5.5-3, Upright Disassembly.
2. Measure thrust plug/block clearances in the Mast
.06 uprights. Pry between the upright upper cross
(1.45 mm) members ( see Figure 14 ). Clearance should be
Max. 1/16in. (1.5 mm) max.. If thrust plug/block
replacement is required, refer to Section 5.5-3,
Upright Disassembly.
3. Check the chains for wear and stretch. Refer to
Section 5.6. Chains for complete chain service.
4. Check the backrest capscrews for tightness. Tighten
capscrews to 145 ft.-lbs. ( 195 Nm)
Thrust
Block
Thrust
Plugs .06 in.
(1.5 mm)
Max.
3.1-2 100 - Hour Inspection

addition to the Daily inspection:
1. Inspect and lubricate the full length of the chains with
SAE 40 wt. oil or Bowman Heavy Load Red Grease.
 CAUTION
The chains must be coated with a film of
lubricant at all times.
3.1-3 500 - Hour Inspection

addition to the Daily and 100 - Hour Inspections:
7-51
4.1 Troubleshooting Chart
The following table lists problems that may be

encountered on your Lift Tek Mast, the probable causes
and recommended corrective action that should be taken
to restore the mast to normal operating condition.
 WARNING
Extreme care should be used when working on a
unit when the carriage (with or without a load) is
in the raised position
Mast Troubleshooting
Chart
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE SOLUTION
Cylinders don’t lift load or won’t A. Insufficient oil A. Check the truck hydraulic system for
move, either empty or loaded. correct oil in tank, defective drives, leaks
or disconnected control valve linkage.
Repair as needed.
B. Unplug or replace inlet hose.
B. Plugged inlet hose. C. Check the truck hydraulic system for
C. Insufficient oil correct oil level in tank, defective pump
or pump drive, leaks in lines. Repair as
needed.
D. Repair/replace as needed.
D. Bent or jammed plunger. E. Remove mechanical bind by replacing
E. Mechanical bind from bent defective parts.
plunger.
Cylinders drift A. External leak in pressure line A. Tighten or replace as necessary.
B. Valve defective-cycle to ful lift B. Repair or replace valve.
height to verify.
C. External leaks at retainer. C. Replace all cylinder seals.
D. Piston check valve leaking. D. Replace check valve.
Spongy or jerking action. A. Sticky or defective pressure relief A. Remove and check relief valve. If oil is
valve. contaminated, drain, flush and the
B. Bent or damaged cylinder system and install a new oil filter.
pressure. B. Disassemble and check.
C. Roller not properly adjusted. C. Adjust or repair.
D. Mast channels improperly D. Lubricate mast.
lubricated. E. Charge battery.
E.Low battery charge. F. Install accumulator.
F. Low pump volume. G. Fill oil reservoir.
G. Low oil level. H. Install larger tank baffles.
H. Insufficient hydraulic tank
capacity.
J. Other J. Contact Lift Tech.
7-52 F-528-0610 Edition

5.1 Mast Removal Figure 15 - Removing Mast From Truck

1. Raise and block the front end of the truck up 1 ft. (
30cm ) or drive the truck over a service pit.
2. Disconnect the lift truck supply hose from the Mast 3
valve. Plug the hose end and cap the valve fitting.
3. Attach overhead hoist chains to the outer upright
cross member. Take up slack in the chains.
4. Disconnect the tilt cylinders from the mast anchor
brackets, For reassembly, tighten the pin capscrews
to the truck manufacture’s torque specifications.
5. Disconnect the Mast lower mounts. For reassembly,
tighten the capscrews to the truck manufacture’s
torque specifications.
6. Lift the Mast away from the truck.
7. To install the mast, refer to Section 2.2, Mast
Installation.
Do not stand on or near the Mast while it is

suspended by an overhead hoist. Do not stand
the Mast up vertically unless it is chained to a
support.
5.2 Cylinders
2
5.2-1 Main Lift Cylinder Description
4
The main lift cylinders are single stage displacement
type cylinders consisting of a shell and a telescoping
plunger/piston assembly. During extension hydraulic
pressure is acting against the plunger outer diameter due
to the internal porting through the piston. The piston
seals do not affect cylinder extension. The truck hoist
control valve holds the cylinders in place once extension
has stopped. The shell is internally threaded at the top
end to hold the retainer. The retainer seals provide a high
pressure hydraulic seal against the plunger. The retainer
also limits the upward stroke of the plunger. A piston is 5
attached to the bottom end of the plunger. The piston
seal provides a high-pressure hydraulic seal against the
shell that engages the cushion valve when the cylinder is
fully lowered. A hydraulic fuse/cushion valve is located in
the LH cylinder’s inlet port. In case of a hose failure
between the lowering control valve and the cylinders, the
fuse limits the lowering speed of the cylinder. The valve
also cushions the piston when the cylinder nears the fully
lowered position.
7-53
Figure 16 - Main Lift Cylinder
Free Lift
Cylinder
Connection
Port
Retainer
Seals
Plunger/
Piston
Assembly
Piston
Seals
Inlet
Port
7-54 F-528-0610 Edition

Figure 17 - Free Lift Cylinder
5.2-2 Free Lift Cylinder

Description
The free lift cylinder (see Figure 17) is a single stage
piston type cylinder consisting of a shell and
plunger/piston assembly. During extension hydraulic
pressure is acting against the fill piston area. The truck
hoist control valve holds the cylinder in place once
extension has stopped.
The shell is internally threaded at the top end to hold the
retainer. The retainer seals provide a high-pressure
RETAINER
hydraulic seal against the plunger. The retainer also limits SEALS
A piston is attached to the bottom end of the plunger. The RETAINER
piston seal provides a high-pressure seal against
the shell. A check valve located in the bottom of the
piston allows residual oil between the shell and plunger OUTER
to escape SHELL
when the cylinder is extending (except for figure 17c).
A hydraulic fuse/cushion valve is located in the cylinder
inlet port. In case of hose failure between the lowering
control valve and the cylinder, the fuse limits the lowering
speed of the cylinder. PLUNGER/
PISTON
ASSEMBLY
PISTON
SEAL
INLET
PORT
7-55
5.2-3 Cylinder Operation 5.2-4 Main Lift Cylinder Removal - Mast on

Cylinder Raising
Floor
1. Actuating the truck hoist control valve to raise causes 1. Remove the mast from the truck as described in
hydraulic fluid to enter the lowering control valve Section 5.1.
through the inlet port where it flows unrestricted 2. Insert a 2 X 4 in. ( 5 X 10 cm ) wood block between
through the lowering control cartridge. the lower cross members of the outer upright and
2. Hydraulic fluid flows to the cylinder inlet ports. Due to outer intermediate upright to prevent uprights from
the larger bore diameter of the free lift cylinder moving out the bottom of the Mast.
compared to both main lift cylinders, the free lift 3. Lay the Mast face-down on wood blocks (Figure 19).
cylinders raise first. Block under each end of the outer upright so the
3. Hydraulic fluid flows through the free lift cylinder Mast is level, and the inner uprights and carriage are
hydraulic fuse/cushion valve to the bottom of the free to move.
piston. Lifting force is created against the bottom of 4. Using a 1-in. wrench, disconnect the cylinder supply
the piston causing the plunger to raise. Hydraulic hoses from the cylinder inlet ports. Using a 1-in.
fluid in the areas between the plunger and the shell is socket, remove the special long fittings from the
allowed to escape through the check valve in the cylinder ports and install plugs.
piston as the plunger raises to the end of its stroke. 5. Remove the snap ring from the top of the LH cylinder
4. Hydraulic fluid flows through the hydraulic rod, and the tube and fitting from the top of the RH
fuse/cushion valve to the bottom of the pistons as the cylinder rod. Plug the cylinder port.
free lift cylinder has fully extended, lifting force is 6. Roll the uprights through the top of the Mast 1 - 2 ft. (
created against the bottom of the main lift cylinder 30-60 cm), disengage the cylinder rods from the
pistons causing their plungers to raise. Hydraulic fluid outer intermediate upright.
in the area between the plunger and the shell is 7. Lift the cylinder from its base mounting boss in the
allowed to escape through the check valve in the outer upright and angle inward. Remove the
piston as the plunger raises. cylinders through the sides of the uprights.
5. When hydraulic fluid flow from the truck hoist control 8. Note the number of shims (if equipped) on each
valve is discontinued, the cylinders are held in cylinder rod.
position by the closed center spool of the truck valve.
Cylinder Lowering
10. Remove the mast from the truck as described in
1. Actuating the truck hoist control valve to lower the Section 5.1.
mast causes the main lift cylinder plungers then free
lift cylinder plunger to lower, forcing hydraulic fluid out 11. Lay the Mast face-up, blocking under the lower
through the hydraulic fuse/cushion valves. mounts so the Mast is level ( see Figure 20).
12. Roll the carriage upward to slacken the free lift
NOTE chains and internal reeving (if equipped).
The restriction setting of each hydraulic fuse is lower 13. Remove the snap ring fastening the crosshead to the
(allows more flow) than the setting of the lowering control cylinder rod
valve. The hydraulic fuses restrict flow only during failure 14. Pull the crosshead with chains and hoses (if
of a lowering control valve or hose. equipped) of the cylinder rod.
2. Hydraulic fluid flows to the lowering control valve 15. Roll the carriage above the free lift cylinder.
where it is restricted at a controlled speed 16. Using a 1-in. wrench, disconnect the tube from the
determined by the load being handled. cylinder fitting. Cap the cylinder fitting and plug the
3. As the main lift cylinder pistons lower over the spear tube.
in the bottom of the shell, a high pressure area is 17. Using a 5-mm Allen wrench, remove the cylinder
developed between the piston and the shell which strap.
engages the cushion valve to restrict flow. This
18. Remove the cylinder from the Mast.
allows the plunger/piston just prior to bottoming,
providing a smooth transition to free lift cylinder 19. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures.
lowering.
7-56 F-528-0610 Edition

Fig19 Lift Cyl
2 7
5 8
7
5 8
Figure 20 - Removing Free Lift Cylinder - Mast on Floor
4 5
2 6
15
15
7-57
5.2-6 Free Lift Cylinder Removal - Mast on

Truck
1. Completely lower the carriage. Remove the forks or
other attachment if equipped. Make sure the free lift
cylinder is completely retracted.
2. Attach an overhead hoist to the top carriage bar and
raise the carriage to the center of the cylinder. Block
the carriage in place using a 4 X 4 X 24 in. long (10 X
10 X 60 cm) wood block between the lower carriage
bar and the floor.
3. Remove the snap ring fastening the crosshead to the
cylinder rod.
4. Pull the crosshead with chains and hoses (if
equipped) off the cylinder rod.
5. Using a 1-in. wrench, disconnect the tube from the
cylinder fitting. Cap the cylinder and plug the tube.
6. Using a 5-mm Allen wrench, remove the cylinder
mounting strap.
7. Remove the cylinder from the Mast.
 CAUTION
The carriage must be supported by a block when
removing the cylinder to avoid possible injury.
7-58 F-528-0610 Edition

Figure 21 - Removing Free Lift Cylinder - Mast on Truck
3 4
2 5
7-59
5.2-7 Main Lift Cylinder Service

1. Remove the cylinder from the Mast as described in
Section 5.2-4.
2. Use a claw-type spanner wrench and a strap wrench
to remove the retainer from the shell.
3. Remove the plunger/piston assembly from the shell. 8
4. Inspect all components for nicks or burrs. Minor nicks
or burrs can be removed with 400-grit emery cloth.
6
NOTE
Minor nicks are those that will not bypass oil when under
pressure. If they cannot be removed with emery cloth,
replace the part. If the piston requires replacing, refer to
Section 5.2-9. 2
5. Replace the retainer and piston seals, back-up rings,
O-rings, and bearing. Lubricate the new seals with
seal directions. The seal lip always points toward he 3
pressure side of cylinder. The cylinder will not
operate correctly if the seals are installed backwards.
plunger/piston assembly into the cylinder shell. Using
the claw spanner and strap wrenches, tighten the
retainer to 95-125 ft.-lbs. (129-169 Nm).
2 2
Fig 22 - LH Main Lift Cyl Fig 23 - RH Main Lift Cyl
5.2-8 Free Lift Cylinder Service

1. Remove the cylinder from the Mast as described in
Section 5.2-4.
2. Use a claw-type spanner wrench and a strap wrench
to remove the retainer from the shell (see Figure 24).
7-60 F-528-0610 Edition

3. Remove the plunger/piston assembly from the shell. Figure 25 - Free Lift Cylinder
4. Inspect all components for nicks or burrs. Minor
nicks or burrs can be removed with 400-grit emery
cloth.
NOTE
Minor nicks are those that will not bypass oil when under
pressure. If they cannot be removed with emery cloth,
replace the part. If the piston requires replacing, refer to 8
Section 5.2-9.
5. Replace the retainer and piston seals, back-up rings, 6
O-rings, and bearing. Lubricate the new seals with
seal directions. The seal lip always points toward
the pressure side of cylinder. The cylinder will not
operate correctly if the seals are installed backwards.
3
1/2 cup (120 ml) hydraulic fluid into the cylinder
cavity between the shell and rod. Using the claw
spanner and strap wrenches, tighten the retainer to
95-125 ft.-lbs. (129-169 Nm).
1/2 cup (120 ml) hydraulic oil into the cylinder cavity
between the shell and rod. Using the claw spanner
and strap wrenches, tighten the retainer to 95-125
ft.-lbs. (129-169Nm).
Figure 24 - Removing or Installing Plunger/Piston
2 2
7-61
5.2-9 Piston Removal IMPORTANT

1. Remove the plunger/piston assembly from the Replacing the valve cartridge with a different part number
cylinder shell as described in Section 5.2-7 or 5.2-8. may cause the Mast to malfunction.
2. Using a strap wrench and 400-grit emery cloth to
secure the plunger while turning the piston with a Figure 26 - Piston Removal
pin-type spanner wrench (see Figure 26).
3. Turn the piston until the snap wire end is visible 3
through the hole. Use a screwdriver to start the wire
end out of the hole. Turn the piston to feed the wire
out.
4. Pull the piston from the plunger.
2 2
exceptas follows:
6. *Install a new snap wire when installing the piston.
5.2-11 Cylinder Bleeding
 WARNING 3
The cylinders must be bled to remove air. Air in 2

the cylinders will compress on the first extension
which could rupture the cylinders causing
serious bodily injury and property damage.
After repair, the cylinders may have air trapped in

them that must be removed. To bleed air do the
following:
1. Without a load extend the free lift cylinder and
continue to extend the main lift cylinders to 90% of
full stroke. Retract all cylinders completely. Repeat
three times. Figure 27 - Removing Supply Line
2. Extend the cylinders without a load at 50% full
engine speed then build to full system pressure at the
end of the main lift cylinder stroke. Electric trucks -
limit the control valve movement to achieve 50%
speed. Retract all cylinders. Repeat four times.
3. Cycle the mast with a half load (50% mast rated
capacity) through full cylinder extension several
times. The cylinders should extend smoothly.
4. Repeat the steps if cylinder extension is not smooth.
5.3 Valve
5.3-1 Valve Cartridge Service
1. Completely lower the Mast.
2. Remove the truck supply hose from the valve
cartridge (see Figure 27). Plug the hose.
3. Remove the valve cartridge from the lowering control
valve. Note the stamped part number on the
cartridge when ordering a replacement.
7-62 F-528-0610 Edition

5.4 Carriage
5.4-1 Carriage Description
The carriage (see Figure 28) is the Mast structure that
hook-type forks or attachments are mounted on. The
carriage travels within the rails of the Mast inner upright
on four (six optional) shim-adjustable load rollers. These
rollers are held in place by the inner rails when the
carriage is mounted within the upright*. There are four
side thrust rollers to transfer carriage side loading to the
inner rails. These rollers are held in place by a capscrew
and are adjustable via their eccentric mounting bases. A
pair of adjustable chain anchors connect the carriage
free lift chains to the carriage.
*Except on 6 roller carriages where the top roller extends
past the top of the mast inner upright at full extension and
are held in place by a retainer plate.
Figure 28 - Carriage Illustration. (6-Roller Version)
Carriage
Face
Carriage
Rails Roller
Shims
Thrust
Rollers
Chain
Anchor
Pins
Load
Chain Chain Anchor Rollers
Anchors Adjustment Nuts
7-63
 WARNING
5.4-2 Carriage Removal -Mast on Truck
The inner intermediate upright must be
1. Raise the Mast high enough to place two 4 X 4 X 20 supported by blocks while removing chain pins
in. long (10 X 10 X 50 cm) wood blocks under the to avoid possible injury
inner intermediate upright (see Figure 30).
2. Attach an overhead hoist to the carriage and raise it
slightly to slacken the free lift chains. Figure 29 - Adjusting Load & Thrust Rollers on Cartridge
3. Remove the pins fastening the free lift chains to the UPRIGHT
carriage chain anchors. RAILS
4. Disconnect the internal reeving hoses from the SHIMS
5. Remove the Allen-head stops on the inner upright
lower cross member. Tightened to 80 ft.-lbs. ( 110 LUBE
Nm).
6. Using the overhead hoist, remove the carriage by
lowering it through the bottom end of the inner
upright.
7. Remove the load rollers, noting the number of shims
behind each roller for reassembly. CARRIAGE
8. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures SIDE
except as follows: THRUST
9. Inspect the carriage as described in Section 5.4-4. ROLLERS (4)
10. Lubricate the inner upright rails with chassis lube or
Kendall SR-12X where indicated by the heavy line for
the full length of the upright (see Figure 29).
11. Assemble shims and load rollers on the carriage.
Roller Shimming - Install shims to provide a total
side-to-side clearance of 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) max. at the
tightest point throughout the travel of the carriage. Use
equal numbers of shims on each side.
1. Adjust carriage side thrust rollers for unrestricted
clearance along the travel of the carriage. Turn the
eccentric mount base of each roller toward the
upright rail to decrease clearance. Tighten the mount
capscrews to 79-80 ft.-lbs. (95-110 Nm).
2. * Inspect and adjust the free lift chains as described in
Section 5.6-1 and 5.6-4.
7-64 F-528-0610 Edition

Figure 30 - Removing Carriage - Mast on Truck 2. Remove the pins fastening the free chains to the
carriage chain anchors.
3. Disconnect the internal reeving hoses from the
4. Remove the Allen-headed stops on the inner upright
lower cross member. For reassembly, tighten to 80
ft.-lbs. (110 Nm).
2
5. Roll the carriage to the bottom end of the Mast.
6. Attach an overhead hoist to the carriage side bars
and remove the carriage through the bottom end of
7. Remove the load rollers, noting the number of shims
behind each roller for reassembly.
except as follows:
2 9. * Inspect the carriage as described in Section 5.4-4.
10. * Lubricate the inner upright rails with chassis lube or
Kendall SR-12X where indicated by the heavy line
for the full length of the upright (see Figure 32).
11. * Assemble shims and load rollers on the carriage.
Figure 32 - Adjusting Load & Thrust Rollers on Carriage
UPRIGHT
RAILS
SHIMS
3
LUBE
5
CARRIAGE
SIDE
THRUST
ROLLERS (4)
Roller Shimming - Install shims to provide a total

tightest point throughout the travel of the carriage. Use
equal numbers of shims on each side.
1. * Adjust carriage side thrust rollers for unrestricted
1 clearance along the travel of the carriage. Turn the
eccentric mount base of each roller toward the
upright rail to decrease clearance. Tighten the mount
capscrews to 79-80 ft.-lbs. (95-110 Nm).
2. * Inspect and adjust the free lift chains as described
in Section 5.6-1 and 5.6-4.
5.4-3 Carriage Removal - Mast on Floor
1. Remove Mast from truck as described in Section
5.1.
7-65
Figure 31 - Removing Carriage - Mast on Floor 5.4-4 Carriage Inspection

1. Inspect the rollers for excessive wear or damage.
replaced.
5 6
2 2. Inspect the load roller bearings by turning the
rollers on their shafts. Rollers with roughness or
4 noticeable restrictions to turning should be
replaced.
3. Inspect all welds between the carriage side
plates and the carriage fork bars. If any welds are
cracked, replace the carriage.
4. Inspect the roller stub shafts. If they are
damaged or if there are cracks at the base of the
stub shafts, the carriage must be replaced or
repaired. Contact Lift Technologies for repair
procedures.
5. Inspect the chain anchors for wear or damage.
IMPORTANT
The chain anchors nuts must be installed
as shown to function correctly
Figure33 - Mast Carriage - (6 Roller Version)
LOAD
ROLLERS
THRUST 4 1 2
ROLLERS
1 2
CHAIN
ANCHORS
5
3
15
Thin Thick
Jam Jam
Nut Nut
7-66 F-528-0610 Edition

5.5 Mast Uprights

5.5-1 Upright Description
Outer Upright Assembly
The outer upright assembly is mounted to the truck. A
pair of shim-adjustable load rollers are attached to stub
shafts located near the top of the upright. A pair of
adjustable main lift chain anchors attached to bosses on
each inner side of the upright. Two main lift cylinders, one
on each side, sit in bosses on the back of the upright,
Outer Intermediate Upright Assembly
The outer intermediate upright assembly telescopes
within the outer upright assembly. A pair of shim
adjustable load rollers are attached to stub shafts located
at the top and bottom of the upright. A pair of chain
sheaves are located near the top of the upright to provide
a rolling surface for the outer main lift chains.
Inner Intermediate Upright Assembly
The inner intermediate upright assembly telescopes
within the outer intermediate upright assembly. A pair of
shim adjustable load rollers are attached to stub shafts
located at the top and bottom of the upright. A pair of
chain sheaves are located near the top of the upright to
provide a rolling surface for the inner main lift chains. A
hose sheave is located next to the chain sheave to
provide a rolling surface for
the free lift cylinder supply Outer Outer Load
Inner Inner
hose. Intermediate Upright Roller
Upright Intermediate Chain
Inner Upright Assembly Upright Upright Chain Anchor
Hose Sheave
The inner upright assembly Sheave
telescopes within the inner
intermediate upright
assembly. A pair of
shim-adjustable load rollers
are attached to stub shafts
located at the bottom of the
upright. The free lift chain
anchors are attached to the
center cross member and the
main lift chain anchors are
attached to the lower end of
each of the upright rails. The
free lift cylinder sits on a
platform which is integral with
the lower cross member. The
free lift chain crosshead and
sheaves mount on top of the
free lift cylinder
Figure 34 - Exploded View

Crosshead
7-67
Figure 35 - Upright Operation
Inner
Upright
Chain Sheaves
Free Lift
5.5-2 Upright Operation Chains
Fully Lowered Carriage

The outer main lift chains are anchored to the outer
upright top cross member then travel over the outer
intermediate upright chain sheaves and attach to the
bottom of the inner intermediate upright. The inner main
lift chains are anchored to the outer intermediate upright
Outer
top cross member then travel over the inner intermediate
Upright
upright chain sheaves and attach to the bottom of the
inner upright.
Main Lift
Free lift Chains
Actuating the truck valve to raise the Mast causes the
free lift cylinder on the inner upright to raise, which moves Main Lift
the carriage to the top of the inner upright. Cylinders
Full Extension
When the free lift cylinder reaches the end of its stroke
the main lift cylinders on the outer upright begin to raise.
Due to the interconnection of the upright by the chains,
extension of the main lift cylinders causes both
intermediate uprights and the inner to raise
simultaneously.
Lowering
Actuating the truck valve to lower the Mast causes all
cylinders to lower at the same time resulting in a smooth Free Lift
lowering of the carriage and load. Cylinders
7-68 F-528-0610 Edition

5.5-3 Upright Disassembly 10. Move the inner upright downward. Remove the free
lift hose sheave, hose and main chain sheaves at the
The Quad Mast uprights require complete disassembly in
top of the inner intermediate upright.
order to service the load rollers, thrust plugs/blocks, and
chain/hose sheaves.
NOTE
1. Remove the internal hose reeving from the Mast (if
equipped) while it is on the truck. The lower end of the inner upright must be raised slightly
to clear the inner intermediate upright lower cross
2. Remove the Mast assembly from the truck as
member.
11. Remove the inner main lift chains and tag for
3. Remove the main lift cylinders from the Mast as
reassembly.
12. Remove the load rollers from the lower end of the
4. Using an overhead chain hoist, turn the Mast over
inner upright. Remove the load rollers and thrust
(face up).
plugs fromthe upper end of the inner intermediate
5. Remove the free lift cylinder from the Mast as upright. Note the number of shims behind each for
described in Section 5.2-5. reassembly.
6. Remove the carriage from the Mast as described in 13. Attach an overhead hoist to the inner upright and
Section 5.4-3. remove it through the top end of the inner
7. Remove the free lift chain anchors and chains from intermediate upright
the inner upright center cross member and tag for
reassembly. NOTE
8. Disconnect the free lift cylinder hose from the tube The stub shafts on the lower end of the inner upright
and remove the stop/hose bracket/tube assembly. come out of the inner intermediate upright between the
9. Disconnect the inner main chain anchors from the rail cutout and the stub shaft.
lower end of the inner upright and the upper end of
the outer intermediate upright.
Figure 36 - Mst Preparation for Upright Assembly
8
9
7
11
15
15
12
15
7-69
Figure 37 - Removing Inner Upright
14. Remove the outer main lift chain anchors from the
lower end of the inner intermediate upright and the
top end of the outer upright. Set the chains aside and
tag for reassembly.
15. Remove the lower stop from the outer intermediate
upright.
16. Remove the chain sheaves from the outer
17. Roll the inner intermediate upright downward and
remove the lower rollers. Remove the upper rollers
and thrust plugs from the outer intermediate upright.
Note the number of shims behind each roller for
reassembly.
18. Attach an overhead hoist to the inner intermediate
upright and remove it through the top end of the outer
7-70 F-528-0610 Edition

15 17
18
17
17
16
14
Outer Main
Lift Chain
Anchors
Inner
Intermediate
Upright
Figure 38 - Removing Inner Intermediate Upright

19. Roll the outer intermediate upright downward and
remove the lower rollers. Remove the upper rollers
and thrust blocks from the outer upright. Note the
number of shims behind each roller and thrust block
for reassembly.
20. Attach an overhead hoist to the outer intermediate
upright and remove it through the top end of the outer
upright
7-71
5.5-4 Upright Inspection

1. Inspect the load for excessive wear or damage.
replaced.
2. Inspect the load roller bearings by turning the rollers
on their shafts. Rollers with roughness or noticeable
3. Inspect the load roller stub shafts. IF they are
damaged or have cracks at the base, the upright
must be replaced or repaired.
4. Inspect the outer and intermediate upright thrust
blocks and plugs. If the wear surface is worn to less
than 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) thickness, they should be
replaced as described in Section 5.5-5.
5. Inspect the free and main lift chains as described in
Section 5.6-1.
19
Thrust
19
20 Block
19
Figure 39 - Removing Outer Intermediate Upright
7-72 F-528-0610 Edition

5.5-5 Upright Reassembly 5. Attach an overhead hoist to the inner intermediate

upright and install it through the top end of the outer
1. Lubricate the full length of the outer upright rails with
intermediate upright. Position it out the lower end of
chassis lube or Kendall SR-12X (see Figure 39).
the outer intermediate upright about 6 in. (15 cm).
2. Attach an overhead hoist to the outer intermediate
6. Install shims and load rollers to the lower end of the
upright and install it through the top of the outer
inner intermediate upright. Install shims, load rollers
upright. Position it out the lower end of the outer
and thrust plugs to the upper end of the outer
upright about 6 in. (15 cm).
intermediate upright. Refer to step 3 for roller
3. Assemble shims, load rollers and thrust blocks to the shimming and thrust plug clearance measurement.
upper end of the outer upright. Assemble shims and
7. Install the chains sheaves to the upper end of the
load rollers to the lower end of the outer intermediate
outer intermediate upright. Install the outer main lift
upright.
chain anchors and chains over the outer intermediate
Roller Shimming - Install shims to provide a total upright chain sheaves.
8. Install the outer main lift chain anchors (long
tightest point throughout the travel of the upright (see
anchors) to the lower end of the inner intermediate
Figure 40). Pry between the upright and the load roller so
upright.
that the opposite load roller is tight against the upright.
Measure the clearance for the pair of rollers at the XXX 9. Install the lower stop on the outer intermediate
shown. Use an equal number of shims on each side. upright. Tighten the capscrew to 81-88 ft.-lbs.
(110-120 Nm).
NOTE 10. Install the main chain sheaves and free lift sheaves
Roll the uprights past installed thrust plugs/ blocks before and hose in the inner intermediate upright. Tighten
checking load roller clearance. the retainer capscrews to 26-30 ft.-lbs. (35-40 Nm).
Thrust Plug/Block Replacement - Install thrust plugs/ 11. Install the upper inner main chain anchors to the
blocks to provide a clearance of 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) max. outer intermediate upright. Install the free lift hose
between an upright and its corresponding thrust plug/ bracket and tube.
block (see Figure 41). Pry between the upright upper 12. Lubricate the inner intermediate upright rails with
cross members. Measure the clearance at the XXX chassis lube or Kendall SR-12X (see Figure 39).
shown to determine which thickness thrust plug/block to 13. Attach an overhead hoist to the inner upright and
use. Thrust plugs/blocks may be shimmed as required. install through the top of the inner intermediate
4. Lubricate the full length of the outer intermediate upright. Position it out the lower end of the inner
upright rails with chassis lube or Kendall SR-12X. intermediate upright about 6 in. (25 cm).
14. Assemble shims and load roller to the lower end of
Upright
Figure 40 - Rails Lube the inner upright. Assemble shims, load rollers and
Channel thrust plugs to the upper end of the inner
Lubrication intermediate upright. Refer to Step 3 for roller
Area shimming and thrust plug clearance measurement.
15. Install the inner main lift chain anchors (long
anchors) on the back side, lower end of the inner
upright and connect the inner main lift chains.
16. Install the stop/hose bracket/tube assembly on the
lower end of the inner upright. Tighten the capscrews
Upright to 81-88 ft.-lbs. (110-120 Nm).
Rails
Shim
Load
Rollers .06 in.
(1.5 mm)
Max
7-73
3
Thrust
Thrust Block
2 Plugs
.06 in.
2 (1.5 mm)
Thrust
Max
Block
Inside
of
Rail
Outer
Intermediate
Upright
Figure 42 & 43 - Install Inner Upright Assy
13 14
15
13
14
14
16
7-74 F-528-0610 Edition

17. Install the free lift chain anchors (short anchors) and
chains to the inner upright center cross member.
18. Install the free lift cylinder supply hose to the free lift
cylinder tube. Leave the tubing clamp loose.
19. Install the carriage as described in Section 5.4-3.
20. Install the free lift cylinder as described in Section
22 21
5.2-5. Connect the tube to the cylinder fitting and
tighten the tubing clamp.
21. Place a 2 X 4 in. (5 X 10 cm) wood block between the
outer and outer intermediate lower cross members to
prevent upright movement.
Figure 44 - Blocking Uprights before turning Mast over
22. Turn the Mast over (face down), rotating it on its
lower end. Make sure the Mast is re-blocked in a level
position (see Figure 44).
23. Install main lift cylinders as described in Section
5.2-4.
24. Install the Mast to the truck as described in Section
2.2.
25. * Install the internal hose reeving (if equipped) as
26. * Adjust the main and free lift chains as described in
Sections 5.6-3 and 5.6-4.
27. * Check the Mast for skewing as described in 5.5-6.
Figure 45 - Final Assembly of Mast
18
17
15
15
15
7-75
6. Repeat steps 1 through 4 until skewing is removed

Figure 47 - Extending Mast to check for Skewing
5.5-6 Mast Skewing Adjustment
1. Extend the mast to full lift height. 1
NOTE
• * If the mast bends to the right at full extension,
• a shim(s) needs to be removed from the left
• main lift cylinder rod.
• * If the mast bends to the lift at full extension, a
shim(s) needs to be installed on the left main lift FREE
cylinder rod. LIFT
CYLINDER
2. Place a 4 X 4 X 20 in. (10 X 10 X 50 cm) wood block
between the outer intermediate and outer upright
cross members (see Figure 46). Lower the Mast 1 1
uprights onto the block.
3. Remove the snap ring from the left-hand cylinder rod.
Open the truck valve to allow the cylinder rod to
retract. Tap the cylinder rod down past the outer
intermediate’s top cross member. Install or remove
shim(s) on the cylinder rod, below the cross member
(see Figure 46).
Shims are listed below: Refer to the appropriate mast

parts manual for part numbers.
Shim Thickness availability.
.010 in. (.25 mm)
.031 in. (.79 mm)
.062 in. (1.57 mm)
.092 in. (2.36 mm)
4. Slowly hydraulically power the main lift cylinder rod
LEFT RIGHT
up into the crossmember and reinstall the snap ring.
HAND HAND
5. into the cross member and reinstall the snap ring. MAIN MAIN
LIFT LIFT
OUTER CYLINDER CYLINDER
INTERMEDIATE
UPRIGHT
2
SNAP 3
4 X 4 IN.
RING
(10 X 10 CM)
WOOD
BLOCK
4 Figure 46 - Blocking Upright to retract LH Main Lift
SHIM Cylinder Rod
OUTER
UPRIGHT
7-76 F-528-0610 Edition

5.6 Chains Figure 48 - Damage Requiring Chain Replacement
5.6-1 Lubrication, Adjustments and Wear

Regular lubrication and adjustment of the chains will
increase their service life and reduce Mast downtime.
The chains should be covered with a thin film of lubricant
at all times. If the chains are dry, lubricate the full length CRACKED SIDE PLATES
of the chains with SAE 40 wt. oil or Bowman Heavy Load
Red Grease.
The chains should be adjusted for: 1) correct upright and
carriage position and 2) equal tension to ensure proper
load distribution and mast operation (Refer to Section
2.3.
Mast Inspection:
• If the uprights or carriage are not on the proper
position, or if chain tension is not equal, adjust the TIGHT PIN JOINTS
chains as described in Sections 5.6-3 and 5.6-4. The
chains should be free of any of the damage shown
(see Figure 48). If inspection reveals that one strand
of a pair of chains requires replacement, both
strands of the pair should be replaced.
• * Check for rust.
• * Check for cracked side plates. If damage is found
replace both strands of the chain.
• * Check for tight joints. If tight joints are caused by PEENED EDGES
rust or corrosion, loosen them with SAE 40 wt. oil or
penetrating oil. If they cannot be loosened, or if the
tight joints are caused by bent pins or plates or by
peened plate edges, replace both strands of the
chain pair.
• * Check for protruding or turn pins. If damage is
found, replace both strands of the chain pair.
• * Check for chain side wear. If pins and outside plates LOOSE PINS
show signs of wear, check for misalignment of
sheaves, anchors or other components. Correct the
misalignment. If wear is excessive, replace both
strands of the chain pair.
• * Check for worn, broken or misaligned chain
anchors. Replace or adjust as required.
TURNED PINS
7-77
Fig 49 - Mast showing retracted Upright/Carriage position

CUSHION PNEUMATIC
5.6-2 Measuring Chain Stretch TIRE TIRE
• Chain stretch can be measured with Chain Wear 3 IN. 5 IN.
Scale. Measure the chains according to the UNDER- UNDER-
CLEARANCE CLEARANCE
instruction printed on the scale, without a load on the
carriage. If the chains are stretched beyond the
recommended amount, they should be replaced in
pairs. UPRIGHTS
• * To check the free lift chains, raise the carriage 1 AND
ft.(30 cm) off the ground to out tension on the chains. CARRIAGE
FLUSH
• * To check the main lift chains, raise the mast until
the inner upright starts to extend to put tension on CARRIAGE
the chains. 2 IN.
BELOW
5.6-3 Outer and Inner Main Lift Chain UPRIGHTS
Adjustment
The main lift chains should be adjusted so that when the
unloaded Mast is fully lowered, the uprights are flush at
the bottom (see Figure 49). INNER
1. Locate the four main lift threaded chain anchors on LIFT
the back side top of the outer and outer intermediate CHAIN
ADJUSTING
uprights, on each side of the main lift cylinders (see
NUTS
Figure 50).
2. Adjust one anchor of the outer main lift chain pair first 1 2 3
to achieve a flush inner intermediate upright position
with the Mast outer uprights. OUTER
3. Adjust the other anchor of the pair to achieve equal LIFT
chain tension. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the inner CHAIN
ADJUSTING
main lift chain pair to achieve a flush inner upright
NUTS
position with the Mast intermediate uprights. Tighten
the chain anchor nuts to 50-70 ft.-lbs. (68-95 Nm).
4. Raise and lower the Mast several times to confirm
the adjustments.
1 2 3
5.6-4 Free Lift Chain Adjustment FREE
LIFT
The free lift chains should be adjusted so that when the CHAIN
unloaded mast is fully lowered, the carriage is properly ADJUSTING
positioned (see Figure 49). NUTS
1. Locate the threaded chain anchors on the front side
of the inner upright cross member on each side of
the free lift cylinder.
2. Adjust one anchor to achieve the correct carriage
position when lowered.
3. Adjust the other anchor to achieve equal chain
tension. Tighten the chain anchor nuts to 50-70 Fige 50 - Adjustable Chain Anchor Location(Drivers View)
ft.-lbs. (68-95 Nm).
4. Raise and lower the carriage several times to confirm
the adjustments.
7-78 F-528-0610 Edition

5.6-5 Outer Main Lift Chain Replacement 5.6-6 Inner Main Lift Chain Replacement
1. Raise the inner intermediate upright and place a 2 ft. 1. Raise the inner upright and place a 2ft. (60 cm) long
(60 cm) long block under each of the upright’s rails. block under the free lift cylinder support casting.
Lower the upright onto the blocks. The outer main lift Lower the upright onto the block. The inner main lift
chains should be slack (see Figure 51). chains should be slack (see Figure 52).
2. Remove the cotter pins and chains from the chain 2. Remove the cotter pins and chain pins from the chain
anchors. Remove the chains. anchors. Remove the chains
3. Inspect the chain anchors for cracks or other damage 3. Inspect the chain anchors for cracks or other damage
as described in Section 5.6-1. as described in Section 5.6-1.
4. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures. 4. For reassembly, reverse the above procedures.
Adjust the outer main lift chains as described in Adjust the inner main lift chains as described in
Section 5.6-3. Section 5.6-3.
UPPER
CHAIN
ANCHOR ON
OUTER
UPRIGHT
2
OUTER
MAIN
LIFT
CHAINS(2)
2
LOWER
CHAIN
ANCHOR
ON INNER
UPRIGHT
Fig 51 - Repalcing Outer Main Chains (RH Chain Shown) Fig 52 - Replacing Inner Main Chains (LH Chain Shown)
7-79
5.6-7 Free Lift Chain Replacement

1. Raise the carriage and place a 4 X 4 X 12 in. (10 X
10 X 30 cm) block under the carriage lower cross
member. Lower the carriage onto the block. The free
lift chains should be slack (see Figure 53).
2. Remove the cotter pins and chain pins from the chain
anchors. Remove the chains
3. Inspect the chain anchors for cracks or other damage
as described in Section 5.6-1.
Adjust the free lift chains as described in Section
5.6-4.
 WARNING
The carriage must be supported by a block to
avoid possible injury
Figure 53 - Replacing Free Lift Chains
2
CHAIN
ANCHOR
ON
INNER
UPRIGHT
2
CHAIN
ANCHOR
ON
CARRIAGE
7-80 F-528-0610 Edition

This page applies to PIDs 45D-MQ-001 thru This page applies to the individual PIDs listed
45D-MQ 4726 45D-MQ 4844 45D-MQ 4725 45D-MQ 4821 45D-MQ 4891
45D-MQ 4736 45D-MQ 4845 Thru 45D-MQ 4824 45D-MQ 4994
45D-MQ 4770 45D-MQ 4869 Thru 45D-MQ 4838 Thru
45D-MQ 4782 45D-MQ 4881v 45D-MQ 4785 45D-MQ 4851 45D-MQ 4935
45D-MQ 4790 45D-MQ 4893 45D-MQ 4794 45D-MQ 4859 Thru
45D-MQ 4805 45D-MQ 4927 45D-MQ 4808 45D-MQ 4870
45D-MQ 4816 45D-MQ 4930 45D-MQ 4809 45D-MQ 4871
45D-MQ 4817 45D-MQ 4931 45D-MQ 4810 45D-MQ 4878
45D-MQ 4822 45D-MQ 4932 45D-MQ 4811 45D-MQ 4880
45D-MQ 4825 45D-MQ 4936 45D-MQ 4812 45D-MQ 4883
45D-MQ 4826 45D-MQ 4939 45D-MQ 4813 45D-MQ 4884
45D-MQ 4829 45D-MQ 4940 45D-MQ 4815 45D-MQ 4887
45D-MQ 4835 45D-MQ 5207 45D-MQ 4818 45D-MQ 4888
45D-MQ 4837 45D-MQ 5368 45D-MQ 4819 45D-MQ 4889
45D-MQ 4843 45D-MQ 4820 45D-MQ 4890
45D-MQ4724 and the individual PIDs listed below. below.
7-81
This page applies to the individual PIDs listed

45D-MQ 4726 45D-MQ 4844
45D-MQ 4727 45D-MQ 4845
45D-MQ 4736 45D-MQ 4845
45D-MQ 4841 45D-MQ 4848
45D-MQ 4751 45D-MQ 4850
45D-MQ 4757 45D-MQ 4853
45D-MQ 4760 45D-MQ 4856
45D-MQ 4761 45D-MQ 4857
45D-MQ 4762 45D-MQ 4858
45D-MQ 4763 45D-MQ 4860
45D-MQ 4769 45D-MQ 4864
45D-MQ 4770 45D-MQ 4869
45D-MQ 4771 45D-MQ 4872
45D-MQ 4772 45D-MQ 4873
45D-MQ 4776 45D-MQ 4874
45D-MQ 4778 45D-MQ 4875
45D-MQ 4780 45D-MQ 4876
45D-MQ 4781 45D-MQ 4879
45D-MQ 4782 45D-MQ 4881v
45D-MQ 4783 45D-MQ 4882
45D-MQ 4788 45D-MQ 4885
45D-MQ 4789 45D-MQ 4886
45D-MQ 4790 45D-MQ 4893
45D-MQ 4792 45D-MQ 4896
45D-MQ 4793 45D-MQ 4897
45D-MQ 4795 45D-MQ 4899
45D-MQ 4797 45D-MQ 4905
45D-MQ 4801 45D-MQ 4906
45D-MQ 4803 45D-MQ 4924
45D-MQ 4804 45D-MQ 4925
45D-MQ 4805 45D-MQ 4927
45D-MQ 4816 45D-MQ 4930
45D-MQ 4817 45D-MQ 4931
45D-MQ 4822 45D-MQ 4932
45D-MQ 4825 45D-MQ 4936
45D-MQ 4826 45D-MQ 4939
45D-MQ 4829 45D-MQ 4940
45D-MQ 4835 45D-MQ 5207
45D-MQ 4837 45D-MQ 5368
45D-MQ 4843
below.
7-82 F-528-0610 Edition

Equipment from Landoll Corporation is built to exacting
standards ensured by ISO 9001:2008 registration at all
Landoll manufacturing facilities.
Bendi AC
Maintenance Manual
Re-Order Part Number F-528-0610
LANDOLL CORPORATION
1900 North Street
Marysville, Kansas 66508
(785) 562-5381
800-428-5655 ~ WWW.LANDOLL.COM
Copyright 2010. Landoll Corporation - Author Tech Comm DMK

"All rights reserved, including the right to reproduce this material or portions thereof in any form"
F-528-0610 06/20/2010

Bendi AC Maintenance Manual F-528-0610

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bendi AC Maintenance Manual F-528-0610

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bendi AC Maintenance Manual F-528-0610

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Model AC

2 Tires and Brake Assemblies

3 Hydraulic Components: Motors and Pumps

1-2 F-528-0610 Edition

6 Truck Lubrication and Chain Maintenance

7 Supplier Provided Documentation

1-4 F-528-0610 Edition

1-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Introduction, Safety & Planned Maintenance

Before You Begin (Please Read)

1-2 F-528-0610 Edition

For your Safety

Battery Care and Charging Battery Removal and Installation

Good Battery Care Recommendations:

1-4 F-528-0610 Edition

Lifting and Blocking the Truck

• Move truck to a level area designated for repair.

1-6 F-528-0610 Edition

Prior to Tilt Cylinder Repair Cleaning the truck

Operators Daily Checklist Status Landoll / Bendi AC

1-8 F-528-0610 Edition

Operators 1st 50 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

Operators 1st 200 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

1-10 F-528-0610 Edition

Operators 200 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

Operators 600 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

1-12 F-528-0610 Edition

Operators 1000 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

1-14 F-528-0610 Edition

Operators 2000 Hour Inspection Status Landoll / Bendi AC

1-16 F-528-0610 Edition

General Torque Specifications (rev. 4/97)

TORQUE SPECIFIED IN FOOT POUNDS

Nominal Newton-Meters Foot-Pounds Newton-Meters Foot-Pounds

1-18 F-528-0610 Edition

Hydraulic Fitting Torque Specifications

TORQUE SPECIFIED IN FOOT POUNDS

AEROQUIP® BRAND FITTINGS

Condition Cause Suggested Repair

1-20 F-528-0610 Edition

Condition Cause Suggested Repair

Emergency STOP (disconnect) • Check push button and if necessary, release

Improper start-up sequence. • Place the direction switch in NEUTRAL before

Condition Cause Suggested Repair

1-22 F-528-0610 Edition

Condition Cause Suggested Repair

Condition Cause Suggested Repair

1-24 F-528-0610 Edition

Condition Cause Suggested Repair

Table provided for your general use with this manual

1-26 F-528-0610 Edition

Tires and Brake Assemblies

Tire Inspection Visual Inspection

Chunked tires or Embedded Objects

Undercutting and Uneven Wear Extending Tire Life

Flat-spotting Replacing the Drive Tires

2-2 F-528-0610 Edition

Brake System Check Service Disc Brakes

To Check the Brakes